T_DC510 T DC510
User Manual: T_DC510
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 176
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
z.;
t , y,
7iektronbc
COMMITTED TO EXCELLENCE
PLEASE CHECK FOR CHANGE INFORMATION
AT THE REAR OF THIS MANUAL.
DC 510
UNIVERSAL
COUNTER/TIMER
With Options
INSTRUCTION
'Tektronix, Inc.
P .O . Box 500
Beaverton, Oregon
070-3552-01
97077
MANUAL
Serial Number
First Printing AUG 1981
Revised OCT 1981
(-oOyrig!-it , 1981 -rox:tronix . Inc . All rights reserved .
not ,,)e replodLlc"d in
Contents of this pul~DI,cation
any f orm Without the written permission of Tektronix, Inc
Prod : . ,ts of Tekti erli F:.
covered b~/ U.S . and t
patents
TEKTRONIX. TEIC .
regi :,ter :;_. trada ;~ark~:
Limited .
d its sabsid aries are
ents and/or pend ;i , g
r, ,' V-r~are
r;
,
TELEQUI PTektroni .-:, !
,
.,`
Tektronix
. U K
ademar!
PE-MOBIL_`: .
Printed in U.S .A . Specification
privileges are reserved .
and
price
change
DC510
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS . . . . . . .
LIST OF TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OPERATORS SAFETY SUMMARY
SERVICE SAFETY SUMMARY. . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Page
iii
iii
iv
v
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Section 1
SPECIFICATION
Instrument Description . .
Instrument Options . . . .
Standard Accessories . .
Performance Conditions
Safety Certification . . . .
Electrical Characteristics
Miscellaneous . . . . . . . .
Environmental . . . . . . . .
Physical Characteristics .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Section 2
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First Time inspection . . . . . . . . . .
Repackaging for Shipment . . . . .
Operating and Non-Operating
Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparation For Use . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Interface Considerations . . .
Installation and Removal . . . . . . .
Front Panel Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel Push Buttons . . . . . . . .
Operators Familiarization . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Operating Characteristics
Self Test Display . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum Safe Input Voltage
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Connecting External and Internal
Signal Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurement Considerations . . . . . .
Input Coupling, Noise, and
Attenuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Triggering the Counter. . . . . . . . .
Reducing Measurment Errors . . .
Measurement Examples . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency A and Period A . . . . .
REV OCT 1981
Section 2
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-12
1-12
1-13
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-5
2-7
2-7
2-7
2-7
2-8
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS (cont)
Ratio B/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Width A and Time A - B (Time
Interval) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Null . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Events B During A . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Totalize A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Totalize A+B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Totalize A-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risetime A and Falltime A . . . . .
Probe Compensation . . . . . . . . .
Test Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Arming (ARM Input) . . . . . . . . . .
Page
.
2-11
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2-11
2-12
2-12
2-12
2-12
2-13
2-13
2-13
2-14
2-14
2-15
WARNING
THE FOLLOWING SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS
ARE FOR USE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY.
TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY, DO NOTPERFORM
ANY SERVICING OTHER THAN THAT CONTAINED
IN OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS UNLESS YOUARE
QUALIFIED TO DO SO.
Section 3
THEORY OF OPERATION
Block Diagram Description . . . . . . . . . .
Detailed Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . .
Section 4
CALIBRATION
Performance Check Procedure .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration Interval . . . . . .
Service Available . . . . . . .
Test Equipment Required
Preliminary Control Settings .
Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . .
3-1
3-3
.no
2-8
2-8
2-8
2-9
2-9
2-11
2-11
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-1
. 4-1
4-1
4-1
4-1
4-3
4-15
DC510
TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont)
Page
Section 4
CALIBRATION (cont)
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment Required
Preliminary Control Settings .
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . .
Section s
MAINTENANCE
Static-Sensitive Components . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuit Board Removal and
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnetic Latch Relays . . . . . . . .
Cleaning Instructions . . . . . . . . . .
Obtaining Replacement Parts . . .
Ordering Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Soldering Techniques . . . . . . . . . .
Interconnecting Pins . . . . . . . . . .
Square Pin Assemblies . . . . . . . .
Bottom Entry and Side Entry
Circuit Board Pin Sockets . . . . . .
Multipin Connectors . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Interface Connectors . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functions Available at Right Rear
Interface Connector (P1600) . . . .
Functions Available at Left Rear
Interface Connector (P1820) . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4-15
4-15
4-15
4-15
Section 5
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment and Test Point
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Self Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TEST Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting
Signature Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Signature Analysis . . . . .
Kernel Signature Analysis . . . . . .
Selected Components (R1307 and
R1326) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1
5-1
5-1
5-3
5-4
5-4
5-4
5-4
5-5
5-5
5-5
5-5
5-7
5-7
5-7
5-8
MAINTENANCE (cont)
Section 6
OPTONS
Option 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Section 7
REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS
Section 8
DIAGRAMS AND ILLUSTRATIONS
Section 9
REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS
Page
5-8
5-8
5-8
5-8
5-8
5-9
5-9
5-10
5-10
5-10
5-10
5-10
6-1
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Fig.
No .
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-8
2-9
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
Page
Plug-in installation and removal . . . . . . . . .
DC 510 front panel display, controls and
connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advantages in signal attenuation . . . . . . . .
Typical triggering levels and sources of
triggering errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurement examples for WIDTH A and
TIME A-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurement example for synchronous
input signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurement example, EVENTS B
DURING A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurement example for risetime . . . . . . .
Examples of arming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performance Check setup for step 3 . . . . .
Performance Check setup for steps 4 and 7
Performance Check setup for steps 5 and 14
Performance Check setup for step 6 . . . . .
Performance Check setup for steps
8,9,10,11,12, and 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performance Check setup for step 15 . . . .
Circuit boards removal and replacement . .
Method of removing magnetic latch relay
armature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical square pin assembly . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bottom entry circuit board pin socket . . .
Orientation and disassembly of multipin
connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right rear interface connector assignments
Left rear interface connector assignments .
Kernel signature analysis connections . . . .
2-2
2-4
2-9
2-10
2-11
2-12
2-13
2-13
2-16
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-9
4-13
5-2
5-4
5-5
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-11
LIST OF TABLES
Table
No .
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
2-1
4-1
5-1
5-2
Page
Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front-Panel Display Error Codes . . . . . . . .
List of Test Equipment Requirements . . . . .
Relative Susceptibility to Static Discharge
Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RAM and ROM Test Sequence . . . . . . . . .
1-2
1-12
1-12
1-13
2-8
4-2
5-1
5-9
DC510
OPERATORS SAFETY SUMMARY
The general safety information in this part of the summary is
for both operating and servicing personnel . Specific
warnings and cautions will be found throughout the manual
where they apply, but may not appear in this summary.
TERMS
In This Manual
CAUTION statements identify conditions or practices that
could result in damage to the equipment or other property .
WARNING statements identify conditions or practices that
could result in personal injury or loss of life .
As Marked on Equipment
CAUTION indicates a personal injury hazard not immediately accessible as one reads the marking, or a hazard to property including the equipment itself.
DANGER indicates a personal injury hazard immediately accessible as one reads the marking .
Power Source
This product is intended to operate from a power module
connected to a power source that will not apply more than
250 volts rms between the supply conductors or between
either supply conductor and ground . A protective ground
connection by way of the grounding conductor in the power
cord is essential for safe operation.
Grounding the Product
This product is grounded through the grounding conductor
of the power module power cord . To avoid electrical shock,
plug the power cord into a properly wired receptacle before
connecting to the product input or output terminals. A protective ground connection by way of the grounding conductor in the power module power cord is essential for safe
operation .
Danger Arising From Loss of Ground
Upon loss of the protective-ground connection, all accessible conductive parts (including knobs and controls that may
appear to be insulating) can render an electric shock.
Use the Proper Fuse
SYMBOLS
In This Manual
This symbol indicates where applicable cautionary or other information is to be found.
As Marked on Equipment
DANGER - High voltage.
Protective ground (earth) terminal .
ATTENTION - refer to manual .
To avoid fire hazard, use only the fuse of correct type, voltage rating and current rating as specified in the parts list for
your product.
Refer fuse replacement to qualified service personnel.
Do Not Operate in Explosive Atmospheres
To avoid explosion, do not operate this product in an explosive atmosphere unless it has been specifically certified for
such operation.
Do Not Operate Without Covers
To avoid personal injury, do not operate this product without covers or panels installed. Do not apply power to the
plug-in via a plug-in extender.
DC510
SERVICE SAFETY SUMMARY
FOR OUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY
Refer also to the preceding Operators Safety Summary.
Do Not Service Alone
Do not perform internal service or adjustment of this product unless another person capable of rendering first aid and
resuscitation is present.
Use Care When Servicing With Power On
Dangerous voltages may exist at several points in this product. To avoid personal injury, do not touch exposed connections and components while power is on .
Disconnect power before removing protective panels, soldering, or replacing components .
Power Source
This product is intended to operate in a power module connected to a power source that will not apply more than
250 volts rms between the supply conductors or between
either supply conductor and ground . A protective ground
connection by way of the grounding conductor in the power
cord is essential for safe operation.
DC 510 Universal Counter/Timer.
Section 1-DC 510
SPECIFICATION
Instrument Description
The TEKTRONIX DC 510 is a universal counter/timer
plug-in. It features reciprocal Frequency, Period, Ratio, and
Events B During A measurements to 350 MHz. For timing
measurements, the Time Interval, Width, Risetime and
Falltime functions feature 3.125 nsec single-shot resolution .
For these measurements, averaging and identical A and B
channels provide increased accuracy . Also included is a time
manual mode, as well as three 350 MHz Totalize modes (A,
A+ B, and A-B) . The DC 510 also has an auto-trigger feature, a probe-compensation feature, an auto averages function, and an extensive set of automatic power-up self tests.
The DC 510 has a DVM mode that reads out the channel
A and channel B trigger level voltages . Shaped outputs and
an arming input are available at the front panel. Also available at the front panel is a signal for use with the probe
compensation function .
The DC 510 can be equipped with an optional, oven-controlled, 10 MHz crystal oscillator to obtain an even more
stable and precise internal time base .
A GPIB conversion kit (Field Modification Kit 040-102300) for the DC 510 is available from Tektronix, Inc.
Instrument Options
Option 01 replaces the internal 10 MHz time base (clock)
circuit with a self-contained proportional temperature controlled oven oscillator for increased accuracy and stability.
Standard Accessories
1 Instruction Manual
1 Cable Assembly, bnc-to-slide on connector
1 Reference Guide
NOTE
Refer to the tabbed Accessories page at the rear of
this manual for more information.
Performance Conditions
The limits stated in the Performance Requirements columns of the following tables are valid only if the DC 510 has
been calibrated at an ambient temperature between +20°C
and +30°C and is operating at an ambient temperature between 0°C and +50°C, unless otherwise stated .
Information given in the Supplemental Information and
Description columns of the following tables is provided for
user information only and should not be interpreted as Performance Check requirements.
The DC 510 must be operated or stored in an environment whose limits are described under Environmental
Characteristics .
Allow at least 30 minutes warm-up time for operation to
specified accuracy, 60 minuites after storage in a highhumidity environment.
Safety Certification
This instrument is listed with Underwriters Laboratories,
Inc. under UL Standard 1244 (Electrical and Electronic Measuring and Testing Equipment) .
Specification-DC 510
Table 1-1
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Performance Requirements
Characteristics
Supplemental information
CHANNEL A and CHANNEL B INPUTS (also see Rise/Fall MEASUREMENT MODE INPUT SPECIFICATION)
Input Frequency Range
Coupling
DC
AC
500
>0 to >350 MHz
100 kHz to --350 MHz
1 MR
>0 to ,300 MHz
16 Hz to --300 MHz
Input Sensitivity
50 U (Term low)
Sinewave
Coupling
Attenuation
DC
X1
Typical sensitivity is 50 mV p-p
+20 mV.
--25 mV rms
--70 mV p-p pulse
X5
--125 mV rms
--350 mV p-p pulse
AC
X1
--25 mV rms
+3 dB at <100 kHz
-<70 mV p-p pulse
X5
1 MSE (Term high)
<125 mV rms
+3 dB at --100 kHz
-350 mV p-p pulse
--25 mV rms to 200 MHz
-<42 mV rms from 200 MHz
to 300 MHz
-70 mV p-p pulse
(<200 MHz)
--125 mV rms to 200 MHz
-<210 mV rms from
200 MHz to 300 MHz
--350 mV p-p pulse
<25 mV rms to 200 MHz
42 mV rms to 300 MHz
+3 dB at --16 Hz
--70 mV p-p pulse
(<200 MHz)
<125 mV rms to 200 MHz
210 mV rms to 300 MHz
+3 dB at --16 Hz
--350 mV p-p pulse
(<200 MHz)
Dynamic Range
Attenuation
X1
70 mV p-p to 4 V p-p
350 mV p-p to 20 V p-p
X5
Trigger Level Range
Attenuator
X1
X5
Trigger Level
Accuracy
1 MSt performance is from a
25 U source impedance .
--+2 V to ---2 V
In approximately 4 mV steps .
>+10 V to <-10 V
In approximately 20 mV steps.
± 1 % of full scale trigger level range, plus
±2% of reading for a do input voltage .
Trigger level is calibrated
in + slope and is firmware
compensated in - slope .
REV OCT 1981
Specification-DC 510
Table 1-1 (cont)
Performance Requirements
Characteristics
Supplemental Information
CHANNEL A and CHANNEL B INPUTS (also see Rise/Fall MEASUREMENT MODE INPUT SPECIFICATION) (cont)
Auto Trigger
Range (A or B)
10 Hz to -_350 MHz
Minimum signal required for Auto Trigger
is 100 mV p-p .ln Ratio mode, with
Channel B frequency ,200 MHz,
the Auto Trigger will provide a
CHA B level within ±24 mV of
the 50% point.
Operating Range
Attenuation
X1
+2 V to -2 V (dc + peak ac)
+ 10 V to -10 V (dc + peak ac)
X5
50 fZ input do -- ±2 V (dc plus peak ac)
times attenuator
1 MQ input _-42 V do + peak ac
AC Coupling
In 50 fz input mode, 50 S2 overvoltage protection trips in 1 M input
impedance for signals greater than
approximately ±2 V times
attenuator do + peak ac to
200 kHz.
Maximum Allowable Input
(Damage Level)
Attenuation
X1
Impedance
50 Q
Vpk _-2 V
do to 350 MHz
±42 V do + peak ac, do to
200 kHz
±2 V do + peak ac, 2 MHz to
300 MHz
1 MSl
50
X5
Trigger point is set (once) to
a nominal 50% of the p-p input signal . For signals do to
10 Hz (inclusive), level will
still be set between 0% and
100%, but not necessarily
near 50%. A ten-bit DAC is
used, giving nominal 4 mV
steps (X attenuation factor).
V pk ,10 V
S2
± 10 V do + peak ac, do to
350 MHz
±42 V do + peak ac, do to 1 MHz
1 MQ
± 10 V do + peak ac, 1 MHz to
300 MHz
Input Impedance
50 St approximately ±3% do
50 St
50
S2
1 MQ
VSWR approximately 1 .5 :1,
do to 350 MHz
Bleeder resistor results in
,390 kQ do input resistance .
ac
1 MSZ approximately ± 1 %
23 pF approximately ± 10% (2 .2 pF)
For inputs greater than ± 5 Vdc
+ peak ac, input impedance
becomes approximately 300 kQ
1000 pF, X1 .
Input C from X1 to X5 are equal by
approximately +1% .
REV OCT 1981
Specification-DC 510
Table 1-1 (cont)
Supplemental Information
Performance Requirements
Characteristics
CHANNEL A and CHANNEL B INPUTS (also see Rise/Fall MEASUREMENT MODE INPUT SPECIFICATION) (cont)
Bandwidth Limit
Above 20 MHz minimum signal increases 40 dB/decade to z~ 1 V p-p.
Above approximately 80 MHz no
amount of input signal can cause
triggering .
Channel Isolation,
Crosstalk
A _-4 volt p-p signal into CH A
will not cause triggering in CH B
and vice versa.
RISE/FALL MEASUREMENT MODE INPUT SPECIFICATION
Range
Coupling
In this mode, the input amplifiers
are commoned to the CH A bnc.
CH B bnc is an open circuit.
509
1 MSl
DC
4.0 nsec to
2.5 X 10 4 sec
5 nsec to
2.5 X 104 sec
AC
4.0 nsec to
18 ,sec
5 nsec to
22 msec
AC measurements near the slower
limit are not recommended, because they become duty cycle
dependent.
50 SZ
1 MS2
DC
>0 to >80 MHz
>0 to >80 MHz
Upper frequency limit is
essentially a limit on the
repetition rate at which rise/fall
edges may occur .
AC
100 kHz to >80 MHz
16 Hz to >80 MHz
50 Sl
1 MQ
1 MQ response is from 25 9
source impedance.
X1
50 mV rms
140 mV p-p pulse
25 mV rms
70 mV p-p pulse
Both channel modes set the
same .
X5
250 mV rms
700 mV p-p pulse
125 mV rms
350 mV p-p pulse
50 SZ input impedance is maintained via an internal powersplitter causing X2 attenuation .
X1
50 mV rms
+3 dB at 20 kHz
140 mV p-p pulse
25 mV rms
+3 dB at 16 Hz
70 mV p-p pulse
These specifications apply when
both channels have the same
setup.
X5
250 mV rms
+3 dB at 20 kHz
700 mV p-p pulse
125 mV rms
+3 dB at 16 Hz
350 mV p-p pulse
Frequency
Input Sensitivity
Coupling
Attenuation
DC
AC
REV OCT 1981
Specification-DC 510
Table 1-1 (cont)
Performance Requirements
Characteristics
Supplemental Information
RISE/FALL MEASUREMENT MODE INPUT SPECIFICATION (cont)
Dynamic Range
Attenuation
X1
X5
50 S2
140 mV p-p to
8 V p-p
1 MS2
70 mV p-p to 4 V p-p
700 mV p-p to
10 V p-p
350 mV p-p to
20 V p-p
Trigger Level Range
Attenuation
50 S2
1 MS2
X1
+4 V to -4 V
,8 mV steps
+2 V to -2 V
~4 mV steps
X5
(+5 V to -5 V)
+20 V to -20 V
~40 mV steps
+10 V to -10 V
~20 mV steps
509
1 MS2
X1
1 .4 V p-p
minimum, +4 .V to
-4 V do + peak
ac max
700 mV p-p
minimum, +2 V to
-2 V do + peak
ac max
X5
7.0 V p-p
minimum, +5 V to
-5 V do + peak
ac max
3.5 V p-p
minimum, +10 V to
-10 V do + peak
ac max
Operating Range
Attenuation
Maximum Allowable Input
(Damage Level)
Attenuation Impedance
X1
5012
X5
50Q, x5, only ± 5 V of the
trigger level range is usable
because only ±5 V is allowed
as an input.
When using 50 0 input mode,
the displayed trigger level
is 1/2 true trigger level due
to 50 S2 power splitter divider
action .
For 10% and 90% trigger point.
For inputs less than minimum,
10% and 90% points are not
achievable due to sensitivity.
Mimimum signal is 10 times
minimum dynamic range.
±4 V do + peak ac, do to 80 MHz
1 MS2
See CHANNEL A and CHANNEL B
inputs
50 S2
±5 V do + peak ac, do to 80 MHz'
1 MSl
See CHANNEL A and CHANNEL B
inputs
Channel B is an open circuit.
Input Impedance
Channel A
REV OCT 1981
Maxima are centered at zero
volts. Minimum measurable
rise/fall signal amplitude is ten
times greater than
minimum dynamic range.
1 Mn
500 kQ, ±2%
47 pF, ±10%
50 S2
50 S2, ± 3%
X5 probe becomes X9
X10 probe becomes X19
Specification-DC 510
Table 1-1 (cont)
Characteristics
I
Supplemental Information
Performance Requirements
GENERAL
5 V p-p nominal.
110 Hz nominal.
1 ms width nominal.
Probe Compensation Output
Jack
Arming Input
Required Signal Input
Pulse Response
low _-0.4 volts
high --2 .4 volts (TTL)
Maximum voltage
Vpk
<10 volts.
Pulse width ,100 ns
,100 mV typically to 350 MHz
into 5012 load . Delay from
front-panel input to shaped output .
Shaped Output
CH
CH
CH
7.6
External Clock Input
-_500 mV rms into 1 kQ (ac coupled)
1,5,or10MHz
10 MHz Clock Output
low _-0.4 V
high ,2 .4 V (TTL)
(pins 15B and 15A (gnd))
A 7 .2 nsec typically
B 7.0 nsec typically
B commoned from CH A
nsec typically.
Drives 1 TTL load .
,3 ns p-p jitter induced
onto 1 MHz reference. (Test
point on rear of Auxiliary board.)
Phase Modulated Clock
(time interval functions)
STANDARD INTERNAL TIME BASE
Frequency at calibration
10 MHz ±1 X 10 -7
Error Terms
Temperature Stability
(0°C to +50°C)
:t5 X 10 -6
Aging
__1 X 10 -6 /year
Adjustment Resolution
± 5 X 10-8
10 MHz
REV OCT 1981
Specification-DC 510
Table 1-1 (cont)
Characteristics
Performance Requirements
Supplemental Information
OPTIONAL INTERNAL TIME BASE
Frequency at calibration
10 MHz ±2 X 10-8
With proportional oven
Error terms:
Temperature Stability
(0°C to +50°C)
±2 X 10-7 after warmup
Warm-up Time
Within ±2 X 10 -7 of final
frequency in less than 10 minutes
when cold started at 25°C ambient.
Aging
At time of shipping
1 X 10-8/day maximum .
After 30 days of
continuous operation
4 X 10-8/week maximum
After 60 days of
continuous operation .
<1 X 10-6/year maximum
Short Term Stability
Adjustment Resolution
~1 X 10 -9 rms based on
60 consecutive 1 second
measurements .
±2 X 10-8
Adjustment Range
Sufficient for 8 years of
aging.
FUNCTIONS
Frequency A
Range
_-36 MHz to -_350 MHz
Trigger Jitter Error
±LSD ±1 .4 X
N
Resolution
X (Freq . A)2
Resolution
±(Timebase Error X Freq . A)
Accuracy
Period A
Range
Repetition Rate
3.125 ns to 7.6 hours
,350 MHz
Clock Period Counted
3.125 ns
Resolution
.4 X B Trig Jitter Error
± LSD b ± 1
N
Accuracy
Resolution
±(Timebase Error) X Period A
Specification-DC 510
Table 1-1 (cont)
Characteristics
Performance Requirements
I
Supplemental Information
FUNCTIONS (cont)
Averaged by A
Ratio B/A
Range
10 -a to 109 with correct decimal
point displayed. (10-" to 10'2
without decimal point.)
Frequency Range (A & B)
--36 ,Hz to --350 MHz
1 .4 X B Trig Jitter Error X Freq . B
±LSD ±
Resolution
Same as Resolution
Accuracy
Time A - B
Range
2.0 nsec° to 7.6 hours
±LSD
Resolution
+ 1 (±A Trigger Jitter Error
± B Trigger Jitter Error)
Accuracy
Resolution ±(Timebase Error X Time Interval)
± Channel Delay Mismatchd + B Trigger slew
error-A Trigger slew error
Clock Period counted
3.125 nsec
Minimum Time A - B
0.0 ± 2.0 nsec °
Minimum Time B - A
--12 .5 nsec
(,70 MHz Rep. Rate)
Channel Delay Mismatch
Internal
--2 nsec nominal, without null
--500 ps
Front Panel
(Shaped Out)
Averaged by A
Events B Dur A
Range
10-8 to 10 9
Maximum B Frequency
--350 MHz
Maximum A Frequency
--80 MHz
Minimum A Pulse Width
--4.0 nsec
Minimum A Pulse Width
--8.5 nsec
Resolution
+LSD +
Freq B (+A
Start Trigger
vN
Jitter error ± A Stop Trigger Jitter Error)
Accuracy
Resolution + Freq B (Stop Slew Rate Error
-Start Slew Rate Error) + Freq B X (5
± 2 nsec)
Specification-DC 510
Table 1-1 (cont)
Characteristics
Performance Requirements
Supplemental Information
FUNCTIONS (cont)
Width A
Range
Repetition Rate
--4 nsec to 7 .6 hours
--80 MHz
Resolution
(± Start edge Trigger
VN
Jitter Error ± Stop Edge
Trigger Jitter Error)
Accuracy
Resolution ±Timebase Error X
Width A + (Stop Slew Rate Start Slew Rate Error) ±2 nsec
Clock period counted
3.125 nsec
Minimum Time Stop Edge
to Start Edge
Totalize A
Range
Repetition Rate
Totalize e A+ B
Range
Repetition Rate
(A or B)
Totalizee A-B
Range
±LSD +
--8.5 nsec
0 to 109 counts
(to 8.7 X 10' 2 with no decimal point.)
0 to --350 MHz
See CHANNEL A and CHANNEL B INPUTS for
pulse specifications.
0 to 109 (A + B
10 9)
(to 8.7 X 10' 2 with no decimal point.)
0 to --350 MHz
See CHANNEL A and CHANNEL B INPUTS for
pulse specifications .
-101 to 10 9
(-8.7 X 10'2 to 8.7 X 10 12 with no
decimal point or minus indication .)
Note : either A 1012 or B , 12 will
lead to overflow, independent
of the value of (A-B). See
CHANNEL A and CHANNEL B INPUTS
for pulse specifications .
Rise/Fall A
Range
4.0 ns - 7.6 hrs. (dc coupling) 50 fz
5.0 ns - 7.6 hrs . (dc coupling) "1 MSf" .
Repetition Rate
Minimum time between rising (falling)
edges is 12 .5 ns (80 MHz)
Trigger Points
Trigger levels are automatically set
to the 90% and 10% points of the
incoming signal, to a resolution
that depends on the incoming
signal amplitude.
REV OCT 1981
Risetime of "1 MS2" is X4 .5 ns
In this mode Channels A and B are
commoned . This changes the input
characteristics . See RISE/FALL
MEASUREMENT MODE INPUT
SPECIFICATION.
Specification-DC 510
Table 1-1 (cont)
Characteristics
Supplemental Information
Performance Requirements
FUNCTIONS (cont)
Resolution
+LSD +
( ± Start Trig Jitter Error
+ Stop Trigger Jitter Error)
Resolution ±(Timebase Error X TI)
±2 nsec ±4 mV X slew rate A (near 10%)
+4 mV X slew rate A (near 90%)
Accuracy
Time Manual
3.125 ns to 3.125 X 10° sec (.zz~8 hours)
Range
3 .125 nsec clock is counted, but usable resolution is
± 10 ms due to START/STOP buttons.
Resolution
Probe Comp
Accuracy
X5 probe, 1 .5% nominal .
X 10 probe, 3% nominal.
X 100 probe, 30% nominal.
Resolution and Accuracy
Definitions
+
(en 2)2 Volts rms
(en')2
input slew rate at trigger point (volts/sec)
V
Trigger Jitter Error (seconds rms)
where en' = 140 AV rms typical counter input noise for 1 MQ filter on ; 240,V rms typical
for 1 MQ filter off; 340,V rms typical for 50 U.
en2 = V rms noise voltage of users input signal at trigger point, measured with the
appropriate bandwidth .
Note : Best usable resolution is ± 1 psec in Time Interval (TI) modes.
Slew Rate Error (seconds) =
*trigger level error (Volts)
Input slew rate at trigger point
(volts/sec)
'Trigger level error =
All functions
except WIDTH A
and EVENTS B
DUR A
WIDTH A,
pos slope
trigger accuracy times attenuation factor
neg slope
(trigger accuracy ±10 mV) times
attenuation factor
edge
fL start
stop edge
-start edge
stop edge
trigger accuracy times attenuation
factor (trigger accuracy + hyst)
times attenuation factor
(trigger accuracy + hyst) times
attenuation factor
trigger accuracy times attenuation factor
Specification-DC 510
Table 1-1 (cont)
FUNCTIONS (cont)
EVENTS B
DUR A
Same as WIDTH A, except each number is multiplied by
Freq B
Note :
Trigger Accuracy, (see CHANNEL A and CHANNEL B
INPUTS)
Input hysteresis is typically 50 mV p-p times attenuation,
maximum 70 mV p-p times attenuation .
Internal slew rate = 800 ps (50 9)
1 .3 nsec (1 MSl)
18 nsec (20 MHz filter)
N = Number of Averages
The minimum number of averages is selected by the AVERAGES button and the -I& i buttons in decade steps from 1 to
10 9. At Channel A repetition rates above approximately 250 Hz the actual number of averages will be :
N ~ [FREQ A (Hz) X 4 msec] + AVGS
N = AVGS setting (below 250 Hz)
This typically leads to better than expected resolution in the displayed answer for small N with only minimal impact on
measurement time . Arming must be used when measuring only one event out of a pulse train (multiple events) with signals
--250 Hz .
In the AUTO mode the counter measures with a fixed measurement time of about 300 msec (or the time for one event,
whichever is greater).
N -- Freq A (Hz) X .3 seconds (N always --1)
LSD:
FREQ
PER
(Freq A) 2
N X 3.2 X 108
n
3.125 nsec for N -- 10, , 10
c for N >10
N
RATIO
Freq A
Freq B X N
TIME A-B
& RISE/FALL A
nsec
,3 .125 nsec for N ,10, 10
for N --10
WIDTH A
EVENTS B DUR A
VN
3 .125 nsec for N <10,
10 nsec
n
for N > 10
VN
Period B
X Events B dur A
Width A X N
Time Base Error: The sum of all the errors specified for the time base used .
aOver voltage protection still functions, but in rise/fall, (50 4 and X5) it may not always protect the 25 U series input resistor .
bWith 10 9Averages selected, LSD can be 31 .25 atto sec.
`Can be set to 0.0 ns by use of "NULL" function.
dCan be removed by use of "NULL".
eThe B channel will not count events until after the first valid A channel count.
Specification-DC 510
Table 1-2
MISCELLANEOUS
Description
Characteristics
Power Requirements
TM5000 series power module
TM 500 series power module
14 .0 W
18 .2W
14 .6 W
18 .9W
DC 510
DC 510Opt01
2000 hours or 6 months
whichever occurs first
Recommended Calibration
Interval
100 msec (typical)
Minimum Display Time
300 msec (typical)
Auto Averages Measurement
Time
Table 1-3
ENVIRONMENTAL"
Description
Characteristics
Meets MIL-T-2880013, class 5.
Temperature
Operating
Non-operating
Humidity
0°C to +50°C
-55°C to +75°C
95% RH, 0°C to 30°C
75% RH to 40°C
45% RH to 50°C
Exceeds MIL-T-2880013, class 5.
Altitude
Operating
Non-operating
Exceeds MIL-T-2880013, class 5.
4.6 km (15,000 ft)
15 km (50,000 ft)
Vibration
0.38 mm (0 .015") peak to peak,
5 Hz to 55 Hz, 75 minutes.
Exceeds MIL-T-2880013, class 5 when
installed in qualified power modules.
Shock
30 g's (1 /2 sine), 11 ms duration,
3 shocks in each direction along
3 major axes, 18 total shocks .
Meets MIL-T-2880013, class 5 when
installed in qualified power modules.
Bench Handling°
12 drops from 45°, 4" or equilibrium,
whichever occurs first.
Meets MIL-T-2880013, class 5.
Transportation`
Qualified under National Safe Transit Association Preshipment Test Procedures 1A-B-1
and 1 A-B-2.
EMC
Within limits of MIL-461 A, with exceptions d, and F.C .C . Regulations, Part 15, Subpart J,
Class A.
Unused plug-in compartments must be filled with blank plug-ins .
Electrical Discharge
20 kV maximum charge applied to instrument case .
"With power module .
bRefer to TM 5000-Series power module specifications .
`Without power module.
dWithin 4 dS of RE02 at 130 MHz and 960 MHz. Within 8 dB of RE02 at 320 MHz.
1-12
REV OCT 1981
Table 1-4
PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Description
Characteristics
Finish
Anodized aluminum chassis .
Net Weight (nominal)
DC 510
Option 01
3 lb . 5 oz .
3 lb . 9 oz .
Nominal Overall Dimensions
Height
Width
Length
126.0 mm (4 .96 inches)
134.5 mm (5 .29 inches)
278.8 mm (10.98 inches)
Enclosure Type and Style per
MIL-T-28800B
Type
Style
III
E (Style F in rackmount power module)
Section 2-DC 510
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
INTRODUCTION
First Time Inspection
Inspect the instrument for visible damage (dents,
scratches, etc.). Keep the original shipping container and
packing material for future use. If the instrument is
damaged, notify the carrier and the nearest Tektronix Service Center or representative .
Repackaging for Shipment
Should it become necessary to return the instrument to a
Tektronix Service Center for service or repair, attach a tag
to the instrument showing the owner (with address) and the
name of the individual to be contacted, complete instrument
serial number, option number, and a description of the service required .
If the original container and packaging material is unfit for
use or not available, repackage the instrument as follows:
1 . Obtain a carton of corrugated cardboard having inside
dimensions no less than six inches more than the instrument dimensions ; this will allow for cushioning . The shipping
carton test strength for your instrument is 200 pounds .
2. Surround the instrument with polyethylene sheeting to
protect the finish .
3. Cushion the instrument on all sides by tightly packing
dunnage or urethane foam between carton and instrument,
allowing at least three inches on all sides.
4. Seal the carton with shipping tape or industrial
staples.
5. Mark the shipping carton "FRAGILE INSTRUMENT"
to indicate special handling .
Operating and Non-Operating Environments
The instrument may be operated, stored, or shipped
within the environmental limits stated in the Specification
section df this manual . However, the counter should be pro-
tected at all times from temperature extremes which can
cause condensation to occur within the instrument .
PREPARATION FOR USE
Rear Interface Considerations
A slot between pins 21 and 22 on the rear connector
identifies this instrument as a member of the TM 500
counter family . If you desire to use your counter to build a
system, insert a family barrier key (Tektronix Part No. 2141593-02) in the corresponding position of the selected power module jack in order to prevent plug-ins belonging to a
different family from being used in that compartment of the
power module .
WARNING
To avoid electric shock, disconnect the powermodule
power cord before inserting the family barrier key in
the power module jack. Refer the barrier keyinsertion
to qualified service personnel.
The DC 510 has the following rear interface input and output features:
Arming Input
10 MHz Clock Output
External Clock Input (1, 5, 10 MHz)
Prescaler Function
Reset Input
NOTE
Rear interface information will be found in the Maintenance section of this manual. Refer the interface connections to qualified service personnel.
Installation and Removal
The DC 510 can be used in the TM 5000-Series or
TM 500-Series power modules.
Operating Instructions-DC 510
NOTE
Refer to the Operator's Safety Summary in the front
of this manual before installing this instrument in the
power module.
Refer to the power module instruction manual and make
sure that the line jumpers are positioned correctly for the
line voltage in use. Check the counter and the power module
for the proper fuses . Be certain that the power plug for the
power module has the proper grounding conductor.
To prevent damage to the instrument, turn the power
module off before installation or removal from the
power module. Do not use excessive force to install or
remove the instrument from the power module.
Check to see that the plastic barrier keys on the
interconnecting jack of the selected power module compartment match the cutouts in the rear interface connector for
the counter. If they do not match, do not insert the counter
until the reason is investigated .
If the cutouts and barrier keys match, align the chassis of
the counter with the upper and lower guides of the selected
compartment. See Fig. 2-1 . Insert the counter into the compartment and press firmly to seat the rear interface connector. Apply power by operating the POWER switch on the
power module .
To remove the counter from the power module, turn off
the POWER switch, pull the release latch knob (located in
the lower left front corner) until the interconnecting jack disengages. Pull the counter straight out of the power module
compartment.
Fig. 2- 1. Plug-in installation and removal.
Operating Instructions-DC 510
FRONT PANEL OPERATION
The following information is a brief, functional description
of the front panel display, controls, and connectors (See
Fig. 2-2) .
FRONT PANEL DISPLAY
Display
The display contains nine seven-segments LEDS and
eight annunciators . All measurement results are displayed
with the best possible resolution . The readout (result) for the
measurement is always displayed in a right-hand justified
format with the decimal point automatically positioned . Displayed count overflow is indicated by a flashing display. In
measurements such as Time A-B, where the number of
resolved digits increases more slowly with an increase in
averaging, only correct (resolvable) digits are displayed.
Five of the annunciators are used to indicate the units of
measurements : Hz/SEC for Hertz or seconds, kHz/mSEC
for kilohertz or milliseconds, MHz/pSEC for megahertz or
microseconds, GHz/nSEC for gigahertz or nanoseconds,
and VOLTS/AVGS for (trigger level) Volts, and (the exponent of) the number of Averages .
The GATE annunciator, when illuminated, indicates that
the counter is in the process of accumulating counts for the
measurement.
The REMOTE annunciator indicates the instrument is in
a remotely-programmed state, when illuminated . The ADDRESS light indicates that the instrument is actually being
addressed over the GPIB bus.
In addition to displaying the measurement results, the
counter uses the extreme left three digits of the sevensegment LED display to indicate internal or operating error
codes. The two digits (extreme left-digit Channel A and the
extreme right-digit Channel B) on the display report the results of compensating external signal probes. See Self Test
Display and Probe Compensation .
In addition, many of the front-panel pushbuttons are
illuminated .
FRONT PANEL CONTROLS
TERM, SLOPE, ATTEN, and COMPL
(CHANNEL A and CHANNEL B)
TERM-50 St, 1 MQ (termination). When unlighted, selects 1 MQ, 23 pF ; when lighted, selects 50 Sf . Allows user to
properly terminate 50 St inputs when required . (Unit will
automatically revert to 1 MSl, 23 pF in the event of an
overload .)
ATTEN-X1, X5 . When unlighted, selects X5 ; when
lighted, selects X1 . Allows the signal to be applied directly to
the amplifier without attenuation or attenuated by a factor of
five . The attenuator effectively increases the input hysteresis and trigger level range by a factor of five .
SLOPE -,+ . When unlighted, selects + ; when lighted,
selects - . This button selects the slope of the signal at the
trigger level crossing, which is recognized as a countable
event. CHANNEL A slope also selects between risetime (+
Slope) and fall time (- Slope) ; it must be set before the
RISE/FALL A button is pushed .
COUPL-AC, DC . When unlighted selects DC ; when
lighted selects AC . DC is direct coupled. AC inserts a capacitor in series with the input which allows small signals
with large do offsets to be measured .
FRONT PANEL CONNECTORS
CHANNEL A - CHANNEL B (Identical in
performance)
1 MQ 23 pF/50 St . Signal input conectors.
Vpk _-2 V max (50 0)
Vpk _-42 V max (1 MSt)
CH A, SHAPED OUT - CH B, SHAPED OUT
(Shaped Out A/B/COM)
These outputs provide an exact replica of the internal
signal that is being measured . It is an aid to proper triggering on complex waveforms. The outputs provide a 100 mV
signal near ground from 50 S2 (200 mV unterminated) . These
are full bandwidth outputs, and function well beyond
350 MHz.
Operating Instructions-DC 510
Fig. 2-2 . DC 510 front panel display, controls and connectors .
2-4
O
Operating Instructions-DC 510
ARM, IN - Vpk <10 V (Awning TTL)
This input (normally high) allows the counter to measure
only when in the high state. When in the low state, this input
prevents the counter from measuring. (Alternatively, this input may be provided through the rear interface.)
© PROBE COMP
This test point provides a rectangular waveform
(,-4t5 volts) that can be used in conjunction with the "PROBE
COMP" function to compensate test probes (see Probe
Compensation in this section.)
0
FRONT PANEL PUSHBUTTONS
The three totalize modes of operation count the events
that are the occurrences of pulses on Channel A and B.
TOTAL A (Totalized A). In Total A, only Channel A
events are displayed.
TOTAL A+B. Displays the total number of events on
Channel A plus the total number of events on Channel B.
Channel B events are counted only after the first valid Channel A event.
TOTAL A-B. Displays the total number of events on
Channel A minus the total number of events on Channel B.
Channel B events are counted only after the first valid Channel A event. If A-B is negative, a minus sign is lighted.
Function Pushbuttons
FRED A (Frequency A) . Measures the period of the
Channel A signal, calculates and then displays frequency.
PERIOD A. Measures and displays the period of the
Channel A signal .
WIDTH A. Measures the width of a pulse on Channel A.
When CHANNEL A SLOPE is +, the positive pulse width is
measured . When CHANNEL A SLOPE is negative, the negative pulse width is measured .
NOTE
After a TOTALIZE button is pushed, the START/
STOP button lights to indicate a "STOPped" condition . It must then be pressed to start the Totalize
process.
Also, the number of digits displayed is scaled" by the
AVGS setting. This scaling does not affect the actual
count process, and therefore may be changed while
counting without losing counts. Even when counting
has been stopped, the display may be moved to the
right or left.
TIME A -- B. Measures the time between the first occurrence of an event on Channel A and the first succeeding
event on Channel B.
RISE/FALL A (Risetime A - Falltime A) . Automatically
measures the risetime/falltime (10% and 90%) of the signal
appearing on CHANNEL A. The appropriate trigger levels
are measured and calculated at the time the button is
pressed. If the signal amplitude changes, the button may be
pressed again. When CHANNEL A SLOPE is +, risetime is
measured ; for falltime, press CHANNEL A SLOPE =(-)
before pressing RISE/FALL A. Since this measurement
uses the B channel, its settings are automatically updated to
match those of CHANNEL A. After pressing RISE/FALL A,
the user is free to modify either CHANNEL A or CHANNEL
B separately to suit special measurement needs, though the
result may no longer be a traditional Rise/Fall time. (See
Risetime A and Falltime A later in this section) .
RATIO B/A. Measures and displays the ratio of events
occurring on Channel B divided by the events occurring on
Channel A over the same time interval .
REV OCT 1981
PROBE COMP. When in this mode, a visual indication is
given (in the display area) that allows the user to easily compensate attached high impedance probes . (See Probe Compensation in this section.)
TIME MAN (Time Manual). Measures time after pressing
the MEASUREMENT START/STOP pushbutton (once to
start and once to stop). The accumulated count (time) is not
reset until the RESET pushbutton is depressed. Like the
Totalize modes, this function defaults to the STOPped state
when first selected, as indicated by the START/STOP button being illuminated.
EVENTS B DUR A (Events B During A) . Measures the
number of occurrences of pulses on Channel B during the
time interval where the Channel A input signal is greater
than (+ SLOPE) or less than (- SLOPE) the Channel A
trigger level.
2-5
Operating Instructions-DC 510
LEVEL CH A, CH B
Displays the chosen trigger level . Trigger level settings
may be set for either channel by depressing the appropriate
LEVEL button and then using the increment or decrement
buttons (labeled 10). To exit this mode, the user can press
the LEVEL A (B) button a second time or press any function
button .
AVGS (Averages)
Pressing this button displays the current AVGS setting
and readies the instrument for a new setting. The user can
then choose between several modes.
AUTO - (push the AUTO button, a -1 will be displayed) .
This mode provides the best resolution possible with a measurement time of approximately 300 mS .
0 - (decrement exponent to zero). The selected measurement is made with at least one event. This is the mode to be
used for single-shot measurements . At most frequencies,
more than one event will actually be averaged ; see the
Specification section for further detail .
LIMIT
This light goes on whenever either the increment (T) or
decrement (1) button has incremented or decremented a
setting to its limit. This light goes out when increment (T) or
decrement (j) button is released .
TEST/DISPLAY
When either of the LEVEL CH A, LEVEL CH B buttons or
the AVGS button is lighted, this button alternates what is
being displayed in the seven-segment readout. Pressing it
once makes the readout revert back to displaying the functional results (frequency, period, etc.) while still leaving the
increment/decrement buttons active . Pressing the button
again will alternate the display back to showing the voltage
level or averages exponent . This allows the user to view
either the parameter being changed or the effect of that
change on the functional results.
When the LEVEL buttons or the AVGS button is
unlighted, the TEST/DISPLAY button is used to select the
Test mode . In this mode a portion of the power up test (all
but the RAM portion) is repeated . If an error is ever encountered, the test stops, with the appropriate error code displayed . To exit Test mode, push any other function key.
10", n=1 to 9 - Provides selection of minimum number
of averages in decade steps.
~iThe increment/decrement keys are used to increase or decrease the exponent to the next legal
setting.
NOTE
The AVGS settings affects the number of digits displayed for Totalize measurements . When in Auto on
n=0, the first nine digits to the left of the decimal
point are displayed. When n=1 to 9, the measurement result is 'scaled" by 10 n and displayed.
This button increments the appropriate trigger level
if LEVEL CH A - CH B is selected, or the number of averages if AVGS has been selected . Voltage levels are incre
mented or decremented in steps of 4 mV X attenuating
setting.
This button decrements the appropriate trigger
level if LEVEL CH A - CH B is selected, or the number of
averages if AVGS has been selected .
AUTO TRIG/AUTO
If the LEVEL buttons or the AVGS button is unlighted,
pressing this button causes an auto trigger on both Channel
A and Channel B (the maximum and minimum peak values
of the Channel A and B input signals are measured and the
trigger levels are set at the midpoints) . If LEVEL CH A is
selected, pressing this button causes an Auto trigger on
Channel A only, and similarly for LEVEL B lighted. If AVGS
is lighted, pressing the button enters a -1, which is the
code for Auto Averages .
)3
NULL
Pressing the NULL button stores the present measurement result and then subtracts that number from all subsequent measurements (while the button remains lighted) . It is
most useful in Time A->B measurements, where it can be
used to null out systematic errors such as unequal cable
lengths and channel mismatches ; however, it is available in
all measurement functions.
The averages setting may be changed without losing the
NULL stored measurement. Now, the instrument will be
subtracting two numbers of differing resolution . Since the
result of such a subtraction actually has the resolution of the
lesser resolution number, that is the one that the counter
automatically uses to determine how many digits to display.
Operating Instructions-DC 510
Pressing the button again will re-null the result .
To exit the Null mode, press any function button (including that of the function already chosen).
INST ID
@
This pushbutton, when pressed blanks the display. In the
programmable instrument, this button (when pressed) displays the current GPIB address and message termination .
MEASUREMENT START/STOP
This pushbutton can be used in all of the Function modes
except Probe Comp and Test . When it's lighted, measurement is in the "STOPped" state. Pressing the button causes
a "STOPped", Totalize, or Time Manual measurement to
"Start" from the displayed result . Other measurements (except Probecomp and Test) will "Start" a new measurement .
When "Started", pressing the button causes all measurements (except Probecomp and Test) to stop counting .
When "STOPped", Totalize and Time Manual measurements read the final count in the count chains and update
the display one more time .
RESET
When a measurement has been stopped, this
pushbutton, when pressed, will initiate another single measurement . If RESET is pressed while the counter is in the
middle of a measurement, the current measurement will be
aborted and a new measurement started . RESET, while
pressed, also provides a segment test for all the front panel
LEDs, including pushbuttons and annunciators .
11
FILTER (20 MHz) (CHANNEL A and
CHANNEL B)
When this button is lighted, the bandwidth of both channels is reduced to 20 MHz. This allows rejection of high frequency noise. It may also be used when initially setting Auto
trigger levels or Rise/Fall levels for a signal with overshoot
or undershoot.
OPERATORS FAMILIARIZATION
INTRODUCTION
General Operating Characteristics
Self Test Display
The DC 510 is a programmable universal counter based
on a microprocessor system . The counter is capable of 11
measurement functions with full nine-digit resolution, plus
two specialized functions ; probe compensations (PROBE
COMP) and self-test (TEST) .
When power is applied, one of the error codes listed in
Table 2-1 may appear in the display window if the counter
fails its self-test routine. Refer the error code condition to
qualified service personnel .
NOTE
The microprocessor system automatically sets the measurement gate interval, performs the necessary calculations
on the acquired data, and causes the result to be displayed
with the best possible resolution for the selected measurement FUNCTION, number of averages (AVGS), and operating conditions .
At power up, a signal with a large do offset voltage
connected to the input terminals for either channel
may cause the entire input signal to be outside the
triggering level range. If this condition exists, an error
code may be displayed. If any of these conditions occur, disconnect all inputs and reapply power. This error condition can also be caused by a low level ARM
input signal during power-up.
Operating Instructions-DC 510
Table 2-1
FRONT-PANEL DISPLAY ERROR CODES
Serial I/O Fault
Channel A
Counter Integrity
Channel B
Counter Integrity
System RAM Error U1410
System RAM Error U1311
ROM placement error U1610
ROM placement error U1410
ROM checksum error U1610
313
320-324, 329
330-334, 339
340
342
361
380
381
If a high impedance signal probe is to be used between
the front panel bnc connectors and the measurement
source, use a probe capable of compensating for the input
capacitance of the counter (less than 24 pF). A probe is
recommended for all digital logic applications ; the
TEKTRONIX P6125 has been designed specifically for these
counters, and its use is recommended . The counter has
been designed, however, to properly trigger on ECL signals
even when a X10 attenuator probe is used .
MEASUREMENT CONSIDERATIONS
Input Coupling, Noise, and Attenuation
NOTE
Refer error code conditions to qualified service
personnel.
INPUT CONSIDERATIONS
Maximum Safe Input Voltage Limits
A
To avoid instrument damage, make certain that the
input voltages to the front panel connectors or rear
interface inputs do not exceed their specified limits.
See Specification section.
The outer shell of the front panel bnc connectors is
connected to earth ground through the ground connection for the power module power cord.
Always use a step-down isolation transformer (less
than 15 V output) when measuring power line frequencies (50 or 60 Hz).
Be careful with high-frequency, high-amplitude signals
(above 80 MHz). The front panel maximum safe input
voltage at these high frequencies is 4 V, peak-to-peak
times attenuator setting.
Connecting External and Internal Signal Sources
The DC 510 can be used to measure input signals to
either channel from the front panel . The SLOPE, TERM,
ATTEN, and COUPL pushbuttons are effective in conditioning the signal .
2-8
You can use either the ac coupling (AC COUPL) or do
coupling (DC COUPL) mode to couple the input signal to the
CHANNEL A or CHANNEL B input amplifiers . If the signal to
be measured is riding on a do level, its amplitude limits may
not fall within the triggering level range. The AC COUPL
mode should be used for repetitive signals having a fixed
frequency and a constant duty cycle, or for signals riding on
a large do level. Slope selection is relatively unimportant
when measuring the frequency or period of sine-waves . The
50 St Termination is selected for high frequency 50 9 systems, while 1 MQ is selected for high impedance probes and
for other high impedance situations . When in 50 St, the internal termination resistor could be damaged if the user accidentally applied an overly large signal . To prevent this, the
DC 510 automatically reverts to 1 MQ for most signals that
might damage the 50 S2 resistor . See the Specification section for more detail .
If the signal frequency or duty cycle changes, the triggering point may shift, stopping the measurement process. Use
the DC COUPL mode for low frequency ac signals, signals
with a low duty cycle, and during any time interval measurement (Time A-B, Rise/Fall A, Events B Dur A, and Width
A) .
Noise may be coupled to the input amplifiers along with
the signal to be measured . Noise may originate from the
operating environment, the signal source, or be caused by
improper connections . If the noise is of sufficient amplitude,
it can result in inaccurate measurements due to false triggering . See Fig. 2-3 . The DC 510 has a 20 MHz low pass
filter (FILTER) that is helpful in removing or reducing noise.
The linear operating range describes the voltage limits
that will allow proper triggering without distortion . The minimum signal amplitudes are defined by the input sensitivity
requirements for the AC COUPL and DC COUPL modes for
either the 1 MSl or 5012 Termination selection (see the
Specification section) . Proper use of the ATTEN (attenuation) controls will ensure operation within the maximum
limits ; ±2 .0 V for X1 ATTEN, ±10 V for X5 ATTEN.
Operating Instructions-DC 510
Noise
Hysteresis Window
Attenuated Signal
Triggering
Level
Shaped
Out
Correct Count
Erroneous Count
3464-04
Fig. 2-3. Advantages in signal attenuation .
Triggering the Counter
The do triggering level is determined by the SLOPE and
LEVEL selection, or by the AUTO TRIG button .
The LEVEL CH A and CH B buttons, in conjunction with
the increment (T), and decrement (1) buttons, are used to
move the triggering hysteresis window continuously up or
down through a ±2 .0 V range in 4 mV steps. The hysteresis window is typically 50 mV peak-to-peak . To determine
the exact trigger level settings, push LEVEL CH A (or LEVEL CH B) ; the respective levels will be displayed. To return
to the measurement cycle, press the LEVEL CH A or LEVEL
CH B button again (whichever is lighted) ; pressing any function button will also return the instrument to the measurement mode .
When the AUTO TRIG button is activated, the microprocessor performs a software routine to determine the
maximum and minimum limits of the Channel A and Channel
B input voltage swings in Channel A and Channel B. Then
the routine automatically sets the triggering levels of each
channel to 50% (+24 mV for + slope, -24 mV for slope) of its respective measured minimum and maximum
values when making frequency, period, and totalize measurements. AUTOTRIG is also useful for pulse width measurements (WIDTH
A mode) and TIME A-B
measurements . Successful use of the Auto Trig here requires signal amplitudes of at least twice the effective hysteresis. Thus, signals with amplitudes greater than 140 mV
peak-to-peak are typically necessary. This is because the
actual trip level of the hysteresis window is set exactly at
the 50% point for Width and Time A-B.
REV OCT 1981
Figure 2-4 illustrates typical trigger level settings and
shows the importance of setting trigger levels properly in
order to avoid errors due to input signal risetimes (falltimes),
or where the transition times of the start and stop pulses
are different (or just slow). Observation of the SHAPED
OUT signals on an oscilloscope, while setting the trigger
levels on slow but complex waveforms, aids in reducing trigger setting difficulties .
The use of the Auto Trig , though very convenient, does
not reduce the need to consider input noise amplitudes, coupling, impedance matching, and attenuation factors. Large
amounts of overshoot and ringing of the input signal may
cause erroneous counts due to an undesirable level setting.
The median value of the input signal may be displayed. For
mid-point settings, the low frequency limit for the Auto Trig
mode is 10 Hz . Below 10 Hz, the automatic triggering level
will still be set between the signals maximum and minimum,
but not necessarily at the 50% point. For do inputs, the level
determination provided by auto trigger once again becomes
correct.
Reducing Measurement Errors
As an aid in reducing measurement errors, keep in mind
the following factors.
"
Use the ATTEN controls and high impedance,
attenuator type probes when measuring signals from
high impedance circuits .
"
Use the 50 Q TERMination control for low impedance, high frequency 50 9 systems.
2-9
Operating Instructions-DC 510
A Level
Set
AUTO TRIG Level
(Both Channels)
B Level
Set
0 .00 V
(a) Typical TIME A-B and WIDTH A triggering levels .
CH A
(START)
I
I
I
CH e
(STOP)
TIME A - B measurement
Actual Result
101
WIDTH A measurement
(b) Sources of triggering errors.
(3464-05)3897-04
Fig . 2-4 . Typical triggering levels and sources of triggering errors.
2- 1 0
Operating Instructions-DC 510
"
Consider trigger errors caused by input signals with
slow rise or fall times.
"
Use the 20 MHz FILTER to reduce high frequency
noise.
"
Average the measurement over a larger number of
cycles of the input signal (greater number of AVGS)
"
Maintain the counter environment at a constant
temperature.
"
For greater stability, allow extra instrument warm-up
time (> 1/2 hour).
"
Substitute the standard time base with the optional,
higher stability time base .
"
Apply a 1 MHz, 5 MHz, or 10 MHz external time reference standard (NBS) to the rear interface inputs .
"
Recalibrate, if necessary.
The ratio range is from 10 -8 to 109. Applying the higher
frequency to Channel B produces a ratio greater than one;
applying the lower frequency to Channel B produces a ratio
less than one. For better resolution, apply the higher frequency signal to Channel B .
Width A and Time A -> B (Time Interval)
Figure 2-5 illustrates measurements for the WIDTH A
and TIME A - B functions. The WIDTH A function measures the time interval between the first selected positive or
negative edge (± SLOPE) of the waveform applied to Channel A and the next opposite polarity edge .
The TIME A - B function measures the time interval
between the first selected occurrence (± SLOPE) of an
event on Channel A to the first selected occurrence (±
SLOPE) of an event on Channel B. The measurement can
be averaged (AVGS) by the selected number of Channel A
events because there is one Channel B event per Channel A
event.
When either the WIDTH A, TIME A -i B, or RISE/FALL A
function is activated, the microprocesor turns on an internal
pseudo-random noise generator that phase modulates the
internal 3.125 ns time base, allowing the counter to measure
without error, input signals that otherwise would be synchronous with its time base . See Fig . 2-5.
MEASUREMENT EXAMPLES
Frequency A and Period A
f
=T
(T = period)
and displays the answer in frequency units. For PERIOD A,
the answer is displayed in units of time . The 320 MHz internal clock insures very high resolution in both frequency and
period . For period measurements of fast signals with 10 9
Averages, this resolution is ±31 .25 attosecs (31 .25 X
10 '8 sec) .
Width
Width
When the counter is in either the FREQ A or PERIOD A
modes, it always measures the period of the Channel A input signal . For FREQ A, the microprocessor computes the
frequency as :
+SLOPE
'rE
Hysteresis
Window
-SLOPE
A INPUT
TIME A-B
B INPUT
Ratio B/A
In Ratio B/A mode, the counter measures the number of
events on both channels during the time it takes to accumulate the selected number of Channel A events (averaged by
A events). The total number of Channel B events is then
divided by the total number of Channel A events and the
answer "displayed without units of time or frequency.
(
Measured Time Interval
(3464-07)3897-05
Fig. 2-5. Measurement examples for WIDTH A and TIME
A--B .
2- 1 1
Operating Instructions-DC 510
In Fig. 2-6 the time interval (4 .68525 ns, WIDTH A) will
not be measured with a non-modulated time base any more
accurately with averaging than it could have been by making
a single-shot measurement (AVGS = 0) . Using the pseudorandom phase-modulated clock pulses, and setting the
AVGS switch greater than 1, causes the counter in this example to count one clock pulse one-half of the time and two
clock pulses one-half of the time . For example, if AVGS is
set to 10 (10') the total time for the count is at least
46 .8525 ns . Ten averages yields 15 counts (5 counts + 10
counts). Dividing the total count by the number of averages,
the average (count/interval) of each count corresponds to
3 .125 nsec. The answer, is then (15/10 X 3.125 = 4.68525,
which on the DC 510 would be displayed as 4.6 nsec .
To exit the Null mode, press any function button (including that of the function already chosen) .
Events B During A
The EVENTS B DUR A function is basically the same as
WIDTH A; except, instead of clock edges, the counter
counts the selected number of positive-going or negativegoing events (± SLOPE, CHANNEL B) occurring during a
selected positive or negative pulse width occurring on Channel A (± SLOPE, CHANNEL A) . Therefore, the internal time
base is not counted for this function . See Fig. 2-7 for a
measurement example. The Channel B events are averaged
over the selected number (AVGS) of Channel A pulse
widths .
Null
Pressing the NULL button stores the present measurement result and then subtracts that number from all subsequent measurements (while the button remains lighted) . It is
most useful in Time A - B measurements, where it can be
used to null out systematic errors (such as unequal cable
lengths and channel mismatches); however, it is available in
all measurement functions.
The averages setting may be changed without losing the
Null stored measurement. If the instrument is subtracting
two numbers of differing resolution, the result of such a subtraction has the resolution of the lesser resolution number .
This is the number that the counter automatically uses to
determine how many digits to display.
Pressing the button again will re-null the result .
Phase
Modulated
Time Base
The TIME MANUAL function measures and displays the
time interval (to the closest one-hundredth of a second) between the first and second depressions of the MEASUREMENT START/STOP pushbutton . The time count can be
reset to zero and restarted by pressing and then releasing
the RESET pushbutton . The AVGS switch has no affect in
the Time Manual mode . When first entering this function, the
measurement is in the STOPped mode, as indicated by the
lighted START/STOP button .
Totalize A
The Total A function is basically the same as TIME MANUAL except that instead of counting the internal time base
pulses, the counter counts the total number of Channel A
events occurring between two successive depressions of
WIDTH A
4.68525 ns
Input Signal
Non modulated
Time Base
Time Manual
I
r
. ..
. 25
-1
1
1
1
Averaged
Result
(6.25 ns)
Averaged
Result
~(4.68525 ns)
(3464-08)3897-06
Fig. 2-6. Measurement example for synchronous input signals.
2-12
Operating Instructions-DC 510
11111111111111111111
CH B Events
CH A INPUT
r
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I1'
T Risetime
(+ SLOPE)
Events
Counted
~I
I
I
START
I
I
Fig . 2-7. Measurement example, EVENTS B DURING A.
I
I
STOP
Level
the MEASUREMENT START/STOP pushbutton . The
AVGS switch is active in this mode . With the AVGS exponent set to 0 or AUTO (-1), whole numbers are displayed .
For other settings, AVGS operates as a power-of-ten scaling indicator (allowing totalizing to the full fourteen digits of
the internal count chain) . For example, with a 1 MHz input
signal and the AVGS switch set to 106 , the least significant
digit displayed would represent 10 6 counts and would increment at one count per second (106 Hz/10 6 = 1 Hz) . This
scaling factor may be changed (Refer to Text) after a measurement is over, effectively moving the display . This allows
the user to view all thirteen digits of the count chain .
10%
Totalize A+ B
The TOTAL A+ B function is as described for TOTAL A
with the exception that the counter counts the total number
of Channel A events plus the total number of Channel B
events . The B count does not begin until after the first valid
A count .
II
I
I
I
I
Imo- Risetime
(inaccurate)
3897-07
Totalize A -B
The TOTAL A-B function is similar to the TOTAL A+B
function with the exception that the counter counts the total
number of Channel A events minus the total number of
Channel B events . The B count does not begin until after the
first valid A count .
Risetime A and Falltime A
The RISE/FALL A function allows the operator to automatically measure the 10% to 90% risetime (or falltime) of
the counter's specified input signal appearing on Channel A .
See Fig . 2-8a . Select the SLOPE (+ = risetime ; - =
falltime) before pressing the RISE/FALL A button . The input
signal size is automatically measured and the 10% and 90%
levels are automatically calculated and set .
Fig . 2-8 . Measurement example for risetime .
Internally, the A input is routed to both the A Channel
and B Channel . The A Channel input conditioning is automatically duplicated (and indicated by the front panel lighted
buttons) on the B Channel when the RISE/FALL A button is
pressed . Although risetime measurements are simple to
make, some operator problems can develop (even when
using the automatic level setting capability of the counter) .
The signal being measured must satisfy the instrument requirements as detailed in the Specification section of this
manual . The input signal amplitude must be greater than
1 .4 V (50 S2) or 700 mV (1 MU), have a risetime not less than
4 nsec (5 nsec for 1 MQ), and not exceed 10% aberrations .
2- 1 3
Operating Instructions-DC 510
The DC 510 uses a true peak detector circuit and detects
the highest signal peak, even if the peak is an aberration
(see Fig . 2-8b). If this aberration is too severe (greater than
10%), the instrument will not measure the correct risetime .
Before pressing the RISE/FALL A button, the front panel
FILTER (20 MHz) button can sometimes be selected to limit
the internal risetime (less than 18 nsec) of the input signal to
reduce these aberrations . Effective use of the filter will depend on the signal width and aberrations . Press the
RISE/FALL A button . After the signal peak is measured and
the 10% to 90% levels are set, the filter would be removed
so the DC 510 may display the actual unlimited risetime
(without filter).
The counter front panel pushbuttons remain active after
pressing the RISE/FALL A button, to enable the operator to
modify signal input conditioning and trigger levels . The
modified conditioning and levels must satisfy the instrument
requirements as detailed in the Specification section of this
manual .
For example, if the AUTO button is pressed (while in
RISE/FALL A) the Channel A and Channel B levels will
move from the 10% and 90% points to the 50% point.
Other specific signal levels such as TTL High or TTL Low
can be programmed by the operator ; however, consideration must be given for the termination setting. In the 5012
termination, the displayed trigger level is one-half the true
trigger level due to the internal power splitter (not evident to
the instrument) . In the 1 MSt termination the instrument does
not take into account any attached probes (see Rise/Fall
specification for level information with the use of probes).
Probe Compensation
The DC 510 has been specifically designed to be compatible with standard probes when in 1 MQ termination ;
however, the operator must still be sure that the probe is
properly compensated .
In the DC 510, a probe compensation (PROBE COMP)
function is built into the counter. It allows the user to compensate the probe in place and without the use of an external oscilloscope .
A square-wave signal of approximately 1 kHz and an amplitude of approximately 5 V is provided at the front panel
PROBE COMP tip jack .
Connect the probe tip to the PROBE COMP tip jack before entering the PROBE COMP mode .
The counter should display a zero for the most significant
digit (far left) and a zero for the least significant digit (far
right) . The far left digit is for a probe connected to CHANNEL A and the far right digit for a probe connected to
CHANNEL B. No decimal points or annunciators should be
illuminated .
With the probe connected and the square-wave signal
applied, perform the following steps.
1 . Slowly rotate the probe adjustment in either direction
until the display changes to a continuous 1 reading for the
channel being compensated.
2. Slowly reverse the rotation of the probe adjustment
until the display just goes back to a 0. At this point, the
probe will be compensated. A 1 indicates that the probe is
over compensated; a 0 indicates under compensation . Final
adjustment should be made in the direction where the 1 just
changes to a 0.
NOTE
If a display goes to a 1 and remains in that condition
for one or more complete revolutions of the probe adjustment, press the RESET pushbutton to clear the
condition. This can occur if the connection to the
square-wave source became open during the adjustment procedure.
Test Function
A 000 display in the three MSD's for the TEST function is
an indication that the microprocessor has checked itself .
The test also checks the DC 510's internal serial data path,
the integrity of the internal counter chain (accumulators),
and, as a by-product, the operation of the digital-to-analog
converter (trigger levels) and input amplifier circuits .
The random-access memory space (RAM) is not checked
during this front panel self-test; the RAM is checked only at
power-up .
NOTE
If the CHANNEL A or CHANNEL B inputs are connected, the peaks of the input signals must be within
the triggering level range of the counter for the test
function to operate properly. If a failure occurs, first
disconnect any CHANNEL A or CHANNEL B inputs
and repeat the test. A connection to the arming input
may also cause improper operation.
Operating Instructions-DC 510
The gate light will flash once each time a full test cycle
has been completed. If a failure is ever noted, the error code
of that failure will be displayed in the three extreme left digits
of the seven-segment display and the cycling will halt . The
DC 510 will stay in test mode until another function is
selected .
Arming (ARM Input)
Arming provides a means by which single events or sets
of events can be selected for measurement within a complex analog or digital signal . Figure 2-9 shows three different
examples of arming .
The ARM input requires TTL signal levels . With no signal
attached the ARM input is normally pulled high and is thus
continuously armed. When the ARM input is pulled low, the
counter is prevented from starting a measurement. Arming
may be used in all measurement functions with the exception of TIME MANUAL, PROBE COMP, and TEST . In these
three functions the ARM signal must be high .
These armed measurements can then be averaged much
like time interval averaging . The counter determines the
number of digits to display (best possible resolution) based
on the number of Channel A events averaged . Typically,
each total measurement of Frequency, Period, and Ratio
contains a 1 count error and the counter displays the number of digits that can be justified given this error. When
using arming in the Frequency Period, or Ratio modes (nontime interval modes), each act of arming and disarming can
introduce 1 count errors . The counter does not take this into
account, however, and displays the number of digits based
only on the total number of events per overall measurement,
independent of the number of times the instrument was
armed and disarmed .
The actual resolution for a period measurement using
arming will be less than that displayed. It can be found using
the following relationship :
N TP
Resolution =
TB
TC = clock period
T = input period (CH A)
When the arming signal changes to a high state, the first
subsequent Channel A event will start the measurement
process. When the arming signal changes to a low state, the
next Channel A event will stop the measurement process .
Therefore, the counter can be controlled as to when, in time,
a measurement will be made (even in complex waveforms) .
P
TB = time from starting A event to stopping A event
N = number of averages, i.e ., 106 or 109, etc.
Operating Instructions-DC 510
Single Period
"Burst"
Input Signal
(+ SLOPE)
v
ARM
Input
Ii
i
i
Measured
Signal
a . Use of ARM with FREQ, PERIOD, and RATIO functions .
CH A Input
(+ SLOPE)
I
CH B Input
(+ SLOPE)
ARM
Input
I
I
I
Desired Time
I
A-13
'
I
I
I
I
I
Trigger
Pulse
Generator
Here
Delay to
Here
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Possible Erroneous
Measurement without Arming
I
I
I
I
I
b . Use of a triggered delay pulse generator to generate
a TIME A - B arming signal.
CH A Input
(+SLOPE)
ARM
A
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
~~
I
I
Signal
Measured
c . Use of ARM with WIDTH A and EVENTS B DUR A functions .
(3464-10)3897-08
Fig . 2-9 . Examples of arming .
2-16
WARNING
THE FOLLOWING SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS ARE
FOR USE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY . TO
AVOID PERSONAL INJURY, DO NOT PERFORM ANY
SERVICING OTHER THAN THAT CONTAINED IN
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS UNLESS YOU ARE
QUALIFIED TO DO SO .
Section 3-DC 510
THEORY OF OPERATION
BLOCK DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION
Introduction
Refer to the Block Diagram illustration located in the
foldout pages at the rear of this manual during the following
discussion .
Signal Conditioning and Amplifiers
The functional blocks for the Signal Conditioning and
Amplifiers (Channel A and Channel B) are essentially identical. Each channel amplifier circuit contains seven magnetic
latching relays which control the input conditioning and
routing of the front panel input signals . Six relays control the
ac or do coupling modes, the 1 or 5 attenuation factors, and
the termination impedance. The seventh relay provides for a
Channel A and Channel B commoning function . The data for
these relays are sent from the microprocessor via data shifted through serial-to-parallel shift registers, in these functional blocks .
The Channel A and Channel B amplifiers used matched
DMOS FET followers that buffer the input signal and trigger
level. The buffered signal and trigger level are combined and
amplified in a differential cascode integrated circuit (IC) . This
IC also provides for switching the output into a low pass
filter or straight through at full bandwidth.
Schmitt Triggers
The amplified signal and trigger level are applied to the
inputs of the Schmitt Trigge IC . The differential Schmitt output is applied to transistors that select the triggered slope .
This circuit also provides the Shaped Out signals.
D/A's, Relay Protect, and Arming
This functional block contains triggering level control and
10-bit digital-to-analog converters (D/A converters) for
Channel A and Channel B. The operational amplifiers driven
from the D/A converter output, set both the offset and range
for the individual channels .
The 50 0 protect circuitry consists of two "window" comparators (Channel A and Channel B) . These comparators
receive the protect sense levels from the Channel A or
Channel B inputs (relays) and operate within a ±2 volts
window sense level . If these voltage levels vary up or down
from this window, the comparators will send a protection
signal (50 Si protect) to the microprocessor . The microprocessor automatically changes the input impedance to
1 MU and protects the 5011 circuitry.
The arming input is applied from the front panel or rear
interface. This circuit consists of a 1 TTL input load with
appropriate input protection and a Schmitt trigger circuit for
noise immunity . The output provides the arming signal
(ARM).
Main Gating
After the Schmitt trigger, the signals to be measured are
routed through the proper logic gates for the operating
mode selected . These gates are enabled (or disabled) via
latched data in a serial-to-parallel shift register located in
this functional block.
The counter has what is sometimes called a "ratio architecture" . That is, events are always accumulated in one
count chain, called Accumulator A, and a time related or
Channel B event count is accumulated in another counter
chain, called Accumulator B. The microprocessor actually
controls the measurement interval, which is typically asynchronous with the input signals. Thus, two flipflop synchronizers are used to guarantee that the accumulators always
see a whole number of pulses of input signals or a whole
number of pulses from the internal time base that is being
counted.
The arming input (ARM), from D/A's, RELAY PROTECT
and ARMING functional block, is applied to this block where
it is logically ANDed with the measurement GATE generated
by the microprocessor .
Time Base, 320 MHz PILL, and Noise Generator
This block contains the 10 MHz crystal-controlled time
base, a 320 MHz PLL (phase locked loop) and a pseudo-
Theory of Operation-DC 510
random noise generator that is activated for time interval
averaging measurements .
The 320 MHz PLL circuit contains a frequency and phase
comparator, a filter circuit, a Varactor diode for 320 MHz
tuning, and a feedback loop consisting of a fast divide-by-4
section followed by a divide-by-80 section.
CH A and CH B Count Chains
The Channel A signal is divided or counted by four ECL
binary stages, five LS TTL binary stages, and then by four
binary stages in a single CMOS counter. The Channel A
SLOW output from the CMOS counter is then applied to a
microprocessor peripheral device on diagram 9, where the
signal is counted by another 16 binary stages internal to
that device .
The Channel B accumulator is similar to the Channel A
accumulator with four ECL binary stages, five LS TTL binary stages, followed by 15 binary stages in two CMOS
counters . The Channel B SLOW signal is also applied to the
microprocessor peripheral device on diagram 9. Each accumulator circuit has ECL to TTL or ECL to CMOS translator
circuits where required .
The outputs of these counters are applied to the parallel
inputs of five parallel to serial shift registers (two for Channel A and three for Channel B). To obtain the binary count
accumulated in these counters, the microprocessor asserts
the Serial Read Latch Line at least once for every measurement interval .
Processor and Display Drivers
The microprocessor control the measurement gate interval, generates the relay strobe signal, and by using address
decoding circuits enables the shift registers, display strobe
circuits, and the data buffer for the front panel button sens-
ing. This functional block has a microprocessor peripheral
device containing a 128 X 18 static RAM, a 2048 X 8 ROM,
a programmable counter, an 8-bit serial data channel,
bidirectional data lines, and interrupt inputs . Additional program memory space is provided by a 4096 X 8 ROM and a
256 X 8 RAM.
Pushbuttons and LED's/Display
The key element in this functional block is a ten-state
decade counter that provides the time slot decoding for
scanning the front panel pushbuttons and other controls .
The counter also provides the multiplexing functions for the
seven-segment LED display and annunciators. Information
is presented to the display by latching six bits of data from
the microprocessor parallel data bus. Four bits of the
latched data are then decoded from binary coded decimal to
seven-segment information . The remaining two bits are
used to drive the annunciators and decimal points .
The display consists of nine seven-segment LEDs, annunciators, and the LEDs of the lighted pushbuttons. The
time slot lines generated by a ten-state decade counter
drives the common cathodes of the seven-segment LEDs
and scans the buttons and annunciators . The anodes of the
seven-segment LEDs are connected to a buffer circuit
through current limiting resistors.
Power Supplies
The instrument draws power from both of its power module connectors to derive its four primary supplies : +5 V and
+12 V on the Auxiliary board and another +5 V and -12 V
supply on the Digital board. Each supply is current limited
and individually fused, and all four are referenced to a single
precision 2.5 V reference IC . Several secondary supplies include +2 .7 V for the ECL terminator, a +18 V three-termite
nal regulator chip (in Option 01 timebase only), a -15 V
supply derived from the -12 V, a 2.5 V supply to drive the
reference IC, and several isolated versions of +5 V, separated by L-C filters .
Theory of Operation-DC 510
DETAILED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
SIGNAL CONDITIONING AND
AMPLIFIERS-DIAGRAM
NOTE
Since the Channel B Signal Conditioning andAmplifier
circuitry is essentially identical to the Channel A circuitry, this description discusses the theory of operation for the Channel A circuits only.
The Channel A input signal is routed to two magnetic
latching relays . Relays K1 612S (Channel A) and K1 632S
(Channel B) provide a normal mode operation (separate
channels) or common mode operation (both channels). In
the common mode operation (Common Separate), Channel
B input becomes an open circuit. The common mode operation is used when making risetime and falltime measurements. In this mode, with the input impedance set to 50 S2,
the leadless chip component, 81611, in conjunction with the
50 52 (TERM) in each channel, becomes an internal power
splitter . Relays K1611 S and K1510S provide for 50 St termination . When in 50 52 input impedance, relay K1610S selects
either ac or do coupling (COUPL). In the do coupling position, resistor R1612 discharges the ac coupling capacitor,
C1610. Component R1512 is the isolation resistor for the
50 S2 Protect A Sense line, which will be discussed later.
Relay K1511 selects either the X1 or X5 attenuation
(ATTEN), when in 50 S2 (TERM) .
In the 1 MQ termination, selected by K1611 S, relay
K1600 selects either ac or do coupling (COUPL) . In the do
coupling position, resistor 81601 discharges the ac coupling
capacitor, C1601 . If X5 attenuation is selected, the signal
enters the hybrid attenuator, AT1505 . The component
C1504 is a compensation capacitor and R1504 is the 1 MQ
termination resistor. When attenuated, resistors 81506 and
81507 provide damping for optimum ac performance.
Input signal protection is provided by diode network,
CR1512, CR1510, CR1511, CR1513, and resistor R1510
and capacitor C1518.
A matched pair of DMOS field effect transistors (FET),
01410, provide buffering for both the input signal (at pin 8)
and the triggering level signal (at pin 4) . These matched FET
devices cause a matched level shift from 0 volt to approximately -4 .5 volts. Diodes CR1411, VR1412 and CR1410,
VR1413 will limit large (overdriving) signals and protect integrated circuit (IC) U1311 . In common mode operation, differential transformer, T1410 converts a single-ended signal
REV OCT 1981
into a differential signal at high frequencies . This helps to
provide for better high frequency performance and helps to
reject noise. The FET source followers each have a current
source. Transistor 01402 is the current source for the triggering level source follower output . Transistor 01403 is the
current source for the input signal source follower output .
The IC U1311 is a cascode differential amplifier with
switched signal output capability . Signals can be either
passed straight through at full bandwidth or through a twopole low pass filter that passes frequencies from do to approximately 20 MHz. These signals are switched by control
voltages generated from the logic signal FILTER at pins 12
and 11 of U1311 . Being complementary, through 01211
(signal inverter) and 01210 (buffer) they appear in the Channel B circuitry as well . Therefore, the filters may or may not
be selected by these inputs .
Resistor R1417 sets the gain for U1311 (pins 2 and 3) .
This leadless chip component is soldered directly to the IC
pins for optimum ac performance. Transistors 01400 and
01401 are current sources for the cascode differential input.
Low frequency peaking is provided by components 81406,
81405, and C1403 .
SCHMITT TRIGGERS-DIAGRAM O2
The buffered and amplified differential signal is applied to
pins 2 and 3 of U1310 (Schmitt Trigger circuit) . These signals are looped through this IC and appear at pins 12 and
11, with the load resistors R1313 and 81216. Transistor
01303 is a current source for the Schmitt Trigger latch devices. The Schmitt Trigger differential output (pins 6 and 8 of
U1310) is level shifted by transistors 01204, 01302,
01300, and 01301 . Positive slopes are selected by 01204
and 01302 and negative slopes are selected by 01300 and
01301 . These common base stage level shifters are driven
by the + SLOPE A and - SLOPE A signals through transistors 01202, 01201, and associated circuitry. The shaped
output signal from 01204 or 01300 enters 01203 base,
inverts and outputs to J1201 (CH A SHAPED OUT). The
output signal (CH A ECL) from 01302 or 01301 routes to
the ECL logic circuitry (Diagram 3) . An operational amplifier,
U1202B (Diagram 2) sets the mean do level of the ECL signal to the correct value. A threshold level generated by an
ECL signal (Diagram 3) is sensed at pin 5, U1202B and
compared to the mean level sensed at pin 6, U1202B . The
output (pin 7, U1202B) supplies the current necessary to
adjust the level shifted output to the correct mean ECL
threshold level.
3-3
Theory of Operation-DC 510
MAIN GATING-DIAGRAM
The microprocessor controls the measurement gate interval through the GATE signal going to pin 4 of U1110B .
The IC's U1000C and U1000B operate as synchronizers to
ensure that the accumulator gates, U1001C and U1110A
open and close at the proper time for the desired measurement . Synchronizing the accumulator gates with the signals
to be counted ensures that the accumulators will contain a
count corresponding only to a whole number of input and
time-base pulses . In the absence of the synchronizers, the
gates would sometimes pass fractional pulses, and the
count chains might not be able to make a reliable count. The
signals to be counted clock the synchronizers at pin 16,
U1000C and pin 1, U1000B .
Before each measurement is initiated by the microprocessor, U1000C and U1000B are set by a MR, (Master
Reset) pulse on connector J1010 pin 1 . The IC's U1001C
and U1110A are thus disabled by the high level synchronizer
outputs at pins 14 (U1 000C) and 11 (U1 000B) until the measurement begins .
For those modes that use the Channel A Amplifier with
positive slope triggering, negative-going edges are generated on pin 6 of U1001 B . Pin 7 of shift register U1200 is
latched high for all operating modes except the time interval
modes (TIME A-B, WIDTH A, RISE/FALL Time, and
EVENTS B DUR A) . With pin 7 of U1200 high, U1210D pin
12 is low, so Q114 is enabled. The Channel A signal is then
inverted by U1001C and clocks U1000A on pin 5. The
Channel A complement signal appearing on pin 6 of
U1001 B, is inverted by U1001 E and clocks the synchronizer
flipflop U1000C pin 16 after passing through U1001 D.
NOTE
Transistors 01110, Q1114, Q1111, 01112 and
Q1000 operate as switches to route the Channel A,
Channel B, and 320 MHz time base signals through
the proper logic gates for the selected front panel
function. These transistors are either completely "on
or completely "off", depending on whether their base
resistors are pulled high or low. Transistor Q1100 is
used to disable U1001A . See Table 3-1 .
FREQ A and PERIOD A
If the GATE signal from the microprocessor (U1200 pin 4)
and the arming signal (ARM) on J1102-1 are both low, a low
is set on the D input (pin 15) of U1000C after passing
through U1110B . This low is transferred to pin 14 on the
first Channel A edge that clocks U1000C after the measurement gate started . The low on pin 14 enables the second
synchronizer, U1000B, and the Channel A accumulator
gate, U1001C . With U1001C enabled, the next negative
edge of the'Channel A signal is allowed to pass through
3-4
U1001C, gets inverted, and is counted by the first binary
stage of the Channel A accumulator (U1000A, pin 5) .
For the FREQ A and PERIOD A functions, pin 14 of shift
register U1200 is latched low. This turns on U1110C and
turns off Q1112, allowing the 320 MHz time base signal to
clock U1000B on pin 1 . The first positive time base edge to
clock U 1000B after U1000C changed state, sets a low on
pin 11 of U1000B, enabling the Channel B accumulator
gate, U1110A . The next negative edge of the 320 MHz time
base signal then passes through U1110A in its inverted
form and is counted by the first binary stage of the Channel
B accumulator (U1011C) .
Table 3-1
SIGNAL ROUTING SWITCHING LOGIC FOR U1200
(X = low, blank = high)
PIN NUMBERS
Function
11
12
13
14
FREQ A
X
PERIOD A
X
X
WIDTH A
X
X
7
X
X
TIME MAN
TIME A->B
X
X
X
X
RISE/FALL A
X
X
X
X
RATIO B/A
X
TOTAL A, A+B, A-B
X
PROBE COMP
X
EVENTS B DUR A
X
X
X
After the synchronizers and accumulator gates have
been enabled, all succeeding input pulses are counted by
the Channel A accumulator and all succeeding time base
pulses are counted by the Channel B accumulator.
The counting process continues until the selected number of averages have been satisfied or the time out period,
while in the auto mode, has been satisfied. At this point, the
gate signal from the microprocessor goes high, setting the D
input (pin 15) of U1000C high . The next positive edge of the
Channel A signal then clocks U1000C and pin 14 goes high,
disabling U1000B and U1001C . The next 320 MHz time
base edge then clocks U1000B, disabling U1110C and
sending END low alerting the microprocessor that the measurement cycle has ended .
REV OCT 1981
Theory of Operation-DC 510
When the measurement cycle has ended, the microprocessor reads the total counts in both accumulators . The
Channel A accumulator contains the number of events or
periods and the Channel B accumulator contains the number of time base clock pulses counted over the same interval. ; The microprocessor divides the number of events in the
Channel A accumulator by the total time in the Channel B
accumulator to obtain the frequency (FREQ A) or divides the
total time in the Channel B accumulator by the number of
events in the the Channel A accumulator to obtain the period, or time per Channel A event (PERIOD A) .
RATIO B/A
The RATIO B/A mode is the same as FREQ A and PERIOD A, except that instead of counting 320 MHz time base
pulses, U1110C is disabled by a high on pin 14 of shift register U1200, and 01112 is enabled by a low from inverter
U1210E .This allows the Channel B signal to clock U 1000B.
The counts are accumulated over the time interval determined by the number of averges selected . The RATIO B/A
result is then calculated by dividing the number of Channel B
events by the number of Channel A events . The AVGS exponent refers to the count in Channel A.
TIME A-B
For the TIME A-B function, 01110 and 01112 are disabled; 01111, 01114, 01000, U1001E, U1110C, and
U1001 D are enabled. The first Channel A pulse slope that is
selected, is inverted by U1001 B, inverted again by U1001 E,
and then applied to pin 19 of U1001 D. The synchronizers
have been set by the MR S (Master Reset) pulse and the
Channel A pulse clocks on pin 16 of U1000C .
As soon as the gate signal from the microprocessor sets
pin 4 of U1110B low, the next Channel A clock edge to
U1000C transfers the low on pin 15 to pin 14 and sets pin
13 high . The high on pin 13 passes through 01000, disables
U1001 E, and prevents U1001 D from being clocked by succeeding Channel A pulses . The 0 output of U1000C (pin
14), being low, enables U1001A and allows the first succeeding Channel B pulse edge to clock U1000C via
U1001D, setting pin 14 high and pin 13 low again . Pin 13,
going low with the Channel B edge, also re-enables U1001 E
again for the next Channel A edge to clock U1000C .
During the period of time that pin 14 of U1000C is low,
U1000B is enabled. The 320 MHz time base clock pulses
are synchronized and gated by U1000B and U1110A, and
then counted by the binary stages in the Channel B accumulator, beginning with U1011C .
Since 01114 is disbled, U1001C is enabled with a low on
pin 17 and also enabled each TIME A->B interval appears
as a netative pulse on pin 10 . This negative time interval
REV OCT 1981
pulse is converted to a positive time interval pulse by
U1001C and then counted by the binary stages in Channel
A accumulator. Thus, for each TIME A-B interval, a count
is accumulated in the Channel A accumulator; and during
each of these intervals, the 320 MHz clock pulses are accumulated in the Channel B accumulator.
The microprocessor is continuall reading the counts (accumulated time intervals) in th7hannel A accumulator.
When it finally reads a count greater than or equal to the
selected number of averages (10") or when the measurement time in the auto mode (.zz~0.3 seconds) has been satisfied, the microprocessor sets the gate signal on pin 4 of
U1110B to a high level. The next Channel A pulse clocks a
high through U1000C to pin 18 of U1001C and disables
U1000B . The next 320 MHz clock pulse then toggles
U1000B, disabling U1110A and allows the END signal line
(J1102-1) to go low. This alerts the microprocessor that the
measurement cycle has been completed. The microprocessor then makes a final reading of both accumulators,
divides the total time by the number of intervals, and updates the display during the next measurement cycle.
WIDTH A
The WIDTH A function is essentially the same as the
TIME A-B except that 01111 is disabled and 01110 is
enabled. This then allows the leading edge of the Channel A
pulse width to be measured, and applied to pin 23 of
U1001 E and the trailing edge to be applied to pin 2 of
U1001 A, through the 3.5 ns delay line (DL 500) .
The synchronizers (U1000C and U1000B) and the accumulator gates (U1001C and U1110A) function exactly like
they did in TIME A-B. The pulse widths are regenerated
on pin 14 of U1000C and during each of the negative pulse
intervals, U1000B and U1001C are enabled so that the
320 MHz clock pulses (via Q1110C) can be counted by the
Channel B accumulator. Also, each regenerated pulse is
passed through U1001C and counted by the Channel A accumulator. Again, when the averages conditions have been
satisfied, the microprocessor stops the measurement gate,
reads both the accumulators, and divides the total time by
the number of regenerated time intervals to obtain the
averge pulse width.
EVENTS B DUR A
The EVENTS B DUR A function is the same as WIDTH A
except that instead of counting 320 MHz clock pulses via
U1110C, the instrument is counting Channel B events during the selected Channel A pulse width via 01112 . To do
this, 01110, 01112, and 01000 are enabled . The leading
and trailing edges of the Channel A pulse are again applied
to pin 23 of U1000E and pin 2 of U1001A .
3-5
Theory of Operation-DC 510
The Channel B signal passes through 01112 to clock the
second synchronizer, U1000B . When the gate signal on pin
15 of U1000C goes low, the synchronizers and accumulator
gates function exactly as they did in WIDTH A (and described for TIME A-B) . With U1001C enabled on pin 18,
the Channel A pulse widths are counted in the Channel A
accumulator while the Channel B events are counted in the
Channel B accumulator. In EVENTS B DUR A the instrument is counting Channel B events only during Channel A
pulse widths and averaging by the selected number of
Channel A events .
When the selected or auto averages condition has been
satisfied, the microprocessor sends the gate signal on pin
15 of U1000C high . The next Channel A trailing edge disables U1000B (pin 2 high) and the succeeding Channel B
edge sets a low on pin 12 of U1000B . This completes the
measurement cycle.
TIME MANUAL and TOTALize A
For the TIME MAN and TOTAL A functions, the microprocessor asserts the gate signal on pin 15 of U1000C after
the MEASUREMENT START/STOP pushbutton on the
front panel is pressed to start the measurement. The gate is
unasserted (set high) when the pushbutton is pressed to
stop the measurement.
For the TIME MAN function, Q114, 01100, and Ul 110C
are enabled. Immediately after asserting the gate signal, the
microprocessor momentarily changes the Channel A triggering slope from its current setting to the opposite setting and
then back again . This change provides an artificial Channel
A signal that enables U1000C and allows the 320 MHz
clock signal count to be accumulated in the Channel B accumulator. The accumulation continues until the measurement
is stopped, at which time the microprocessor unasserts the
gate signal and provides another trigger slope change to
disable U1000C . This stops the accumulation of time base
clock count. Throughout the measurement, the B Channel is
continually read and then directly displayed with the proper
annunciator illuminated .
scaling is accomplished by the microprocessor using the
AVGS setting to select the desired scaling factor (power-often) . This scaling is independent of the actual counting process and can be changed during or after a measurement
without affecting the count. Thus, the full 13 digits of the
internal count chain can be examined by changing the
AVGS exponent . Time, frequency units, and decimal point
are not displayed for this function .
PROBE COMP and TEST
For the PROBE COMP function, the operator applies
probe compensating signals to either Channel A or Channel
B. For either of these modes, the counter is set up (internally) in RATIO B/A mode. This allows the Channel A or Channel B signals to pass straight through to the accumulators .
For the TEST function, the microprocessor generates artificial signals by programming the digital-to-analog converters (Diagram 6) through their full range. The outputs of the
digital-to-analog converters are applied as trigger level
changes to the differential amplifier circuits in the Channel A
and Channel B Amplifiers (Diagram 2) an end up as counts
in the two count chains . If an illegally large signal is present
on an input (a signal beyond the range of the digital-to-analog converters), this process does not produce counts, and
the TEST may fail . When a failure is indicated, all inputs
should be disconnected and the TEST rerun.
A complete description of the self test function is in the
Maintenance section. Front panel procedures for the
PROBE COMP function are found in the Operating
Instructions .
CHANNEL A AND CHANNEL B COUNT
CHAINS-DIAGRAM
While taking this reading, the display will occasionally
flicker during the measurement. This is not the result of miscounting by the Channel A or Channel B accumulators ; the
correct count will be displayed when the measurement is
finished .
The Channel A and Channel B accumulators are two
nearly symmetrical binary ripple counters, each having the
capabilities for its contents being "read" serially by the
microprocessor . Each accumulator begins with high speed
ECL. Then, as the maximum toggle rates decrease, goes to
medium speed ECL, then to LS TTL, and eventually CMOS .
Wherever possible, a counter IC of a given family is shared :
one half is used by Channel A and one half by Channel B .
For the TOTAL A function, 01114, 01100, and 01112
are enabled. When the gate signal is asserted, Channel A
events are counted (totalized) in the Channel A accumulator
until the measurement is stopped. In this case, the microprocessor does not read the Channel B accumulator; only
the Channel A accumulator counts are displayed. Display
The Channel A accumulator begins on the Analog board
(A12) with signals clocking U1000A, pin 5 (see Diagram 3) .
The Channel B accumulator signal clocks U1011C, pin 1 .
The first two binary stages for each accumulator are ECL
100k and consist of U1000A and U 1011 A (Channel A) and
U1011 C and U1011 B (Channel B) .
3-6
REV OCT 1981
Theory of Operation-DC 510
The counts (CH A FAST and CH B FAST) are routed
from the Analog board to the Digital board (A16) through
coaxial cables (W520 and W530). The next two binary
stages for each count chain are ECL 10k and use IC's
U1810A and U1801 A (Channel A) and U1810B and U1801 B
(Channel B) . Transistors 01702, 01701, 01704, and
01703, with associated circuitry, operate as fast ECL to LS
TTL converters . These converters provide drive for the following LS TTL stages and must operate reliably up to
25 MHz . The counts in these (and the preceding) ECL
stages must also be converted to CMOS levels for eventual
readout by the microprocessor . However, since this conversion occurs long after the count chains have stopped counting and are stabilized, these translators need not be fast .
The comparators U1710A, B, C, D and U1102A, B, and C
have one input set at a voltage half-way between an ECL
high and low. This voltage is set by resistors R1712 and
R1710 . With pull up resistors R1420 (fixed resistor network), R1207, R1208, and R1209 tied to +5 volts, the ECL
transition from high to low (on the other input) results in a
full CMOS swing on the comparators output . This results in
a highly reliable translator that draws little power.
The next bit of each chain is a single LS TTL flip flop,
U1 120A, Channel A (Ul120B, Channel B) . Following this IC
is an LS TTL 4-bit counter, Ul113A, Channel A (Ul113B,
Channel B) . These stages, too, must be read by the microprocessor . The LS TTL outputs are pulled high by the fixed
resistor network, R1014, to ensure valid CMOS levels to the
serial readout circuitry. At this point, the two accumulator
chains lose their symmetry (not for functional reasons but
for more economical use of the components). The Channel
A accumulator uses the 16-bit counter contained in U1410
(see Diagram 9) . The Channel B accumulator (Diagram 4)
uses 11 of the 12 bits available in the CMOS counter,
U1212. The circuitry described provides a total of 29
hardwired bits for the Channel A accumulator and 24
hardwired bits for the Channel B accumulator. Since each
accumulator requires 43 bits, the firmware counters supply
14 bits (Channel A) and 19 bits (Channel B) respectively .
Five CMOS parallel-to-serial shift registers consisting of
U1121, U1114, U1122, U1211, and U1312 are used by the
microprocessor to read out the contents of the Channel A
and B accumulators . When the (LATCH control line (pin 9 of
each register) is brought high, data are applied into the registers asynchronously with the clock . When pin 9 is brought
low again, data can be shifted into (pin 11 of each register)
and out of (pin 3 of each register) the registers synchronously with the positive transition of the SERIAL CLOCK signal
(pin 10 of each register).
Before each measurement is initiated by the microprocessor, the MR, (Master Reset) signal is asserted via pin
33 of U1410 (see Diagram 9) . This reset signal is inverted by
U1520D (Diagram 4) applying MR to pin 1 of U1120A . The
MR signal is also inverted and buffered again by U1314D,
REV OCT 1981
U1314F, and U1520E to provide an ECL, LS TTL, and
CMOS compatible reset signal (MRS) to the ECL stages on
both the Analog and Digital board and to the LS TTL and
CMOS stages on the Digital board. The MR 1 signal also
guarantees the two synchronizer flip flops (located on Diagram 3), U1000C and U1000B, will begin set.
TIME BASE AND 320 MHz
PLL-DIAGRAM
The 10 MHz standard time base consists of a 10 MHz
crystal, Yl520, and a Colpitts oscillator circuit, 01420, and
associated circuitry. The frequency of the standard time
base is adjusted by variable capacitor, C1521 (accessed
through the instrument's back plate) .
The Option 01 high stability time base consists of a self
contained, oven controlled 10 MHz oscillator, Y1530 . This
time base is adjusted via a hole in the rear of the case
(accessed through the instrument back plate). The 18 volts
input to the time base is derived from the fused +26 volts in
the power module and regulated by a three-terminal regulator circuit, U1430, and associated circuitry.
NOTE
The single-starred schematic diagram 5 components
for the standard time base circuit are removed if the
option 01 time base circuit is installed.
The 10 MHz output signal from either the internal time
bases or an external source (1, 5, 10 MHz) is applied to the
base of 01500. The buffered signal at the collector of
01500 can be either 1 MHz, 5 MHz or 10 MHz. This signal
is buffered again by U1500F . If the input signal frequency is
1 MHz, jumper plug P1510 (located on the Auxiliary board)
connects pins 4 and 5 of J1510. A 5 MHz external input
signal requires that IC U1411 divide-by-five (=5), therefore,
P1510 connects J1510 pins 2 and 3 or pins 3 and 4. A
10 MHz time base signal requires U1411 to divide-by-ten
(=10). Component P1510 then connects J15120 pins 1 and
2 . The signal to the base of 01401, in all cases, must be
1 MHz.
Emitter follower 01401 and associated components operate as a single-pole filter generating a sawtooth type signal at the negative input pin of comparator U1400. For the
TIME A-B, WIDTH A, and EVENTS B DUR A functions,
the base of 01300 is set low via pin 7 of shift register U1200
(as shown on Diagram 3) . In these functions, the Noise Generator (Diagram 5), U1410, is enabled by applying +5 volts
to the Vss input, pin 4. The output from U1410 (pin 3) will be
-12 volts to +5 volts signal with a pseudo-random edge
3-7
Theory of Operation-DC 510
distribution . This signal is then attenuated by resistor,
R1410, and applied to pin 2 (+) of U1400. Also, with these
functions, 01400 operates as a phase modulator circuit.
The output (pin 7) of U1400 is a 1 MHz signal that is phase
modulated by the noise signal generated by U1410. For the
other remaining functions, transistor 01300 is turned off,
U1410 is disabled, and U1400 operates only as a buffer
stage.
The 1 MHz squarewave signal from U1400 (pin 7) is applied to pin 1, U1021 with the negative edge (falling edge)
used as a reference edge for the Phase Locked Loop (PLL)
01021 . This IC compares the signals negative edge (pin 1)
with the positive edge (pin 3) and produces an output proportional to the phase difference between these two input
signals . The output at pins 5 and 10 (01021) is then filtered
by a low pass filter with its bandpass providing the proper
phase noise bandwidth for time interval measurements . This
filter, 01030A with associated components, is amplified and
inverted by operational amplifier U1030B . The amplifier output is a do level proportional to the phase difference between the 1 MHz reference and the output of the PLL
multiplier . The do level voltage is coupled to a Colpitts oscillator circuit, 01130 and associated components, and is inductor-tuned by the varactor diode, CR1130, and series
capacitor C1032 . The PLL adjusts the varactor diode voltage, which adjusts the oscillator frequency producing a precise 320 MHz output signal . The oscillator output is ac
coupled to U1022A and a threshold reference voltage is
generated by sensing the complementary outputs of
U1022C through resistors R1021 and R1036. The voltage,
at the junction of these two resistors, establishes this
threshold reference at pin 3 of U1022A . The oscillator output rate on pin 3 produces a 320 MHz reference sinewave
from pin 8. This sinewave is the clock that is counted for the
different measurement modes of the counter . The 320 MHz
signal is applied to pin 1 of U1022B (a set/reset latch that
resets itself at 320 MHz, and buffers and provides proper
ECL drive) . This signal is then divided down to 160 MHz at
pin 12, Q1022B . Another divide-by-two (=2) IC, U1022C,
results in an 80 MHz output . This output 'is ac coupled to
01020, pin 7 and divided-by-eighty, (=80) producing the
1 MHz signal at pin 2 . Any error in output at pin 2 of 01020
is sensed by U1021 . This sensed voltage, applied to
varactor diode CR1130, adjusts the Colpitts oscillator producing the precise 1 MHz signal at pin 3 of 01021 .
D/A's, 50 Q PROTECT, AND
ARMING-DIAGRAM
The isolation resistors for the 50 Sl Protect A (B) sense
lines were discussed earlier (Diagram 1) . The sense lines are
routed from the Analog board to the Auxiliary board via
jacks J1510 and J1520.
The 50 S2 Protect circuit is composed of a quad comparator (1-1111f) with associated components . Two of these
3- 8
comparators are arranged as "window" comparators (Channel A and B), that receive the protect sense levels from the
Channel A or B inputs . These voltage sense levels normally
operate within a ±2 V window . If the sense levels go outside this window (high or low), the comparator output
changes states (to a low state) and issues a 50 fZ A (B)
PROTECT signal to the microprocessor. The microprocessor recognizes this protect line and automatically
changes the input relays from the 50 S2 TERM to the 1 MQ
TERM .
Trigger levels (CH A LEVEL and CH B LEVEL) are established, using a 10-bit D/A converter, U1210 and U1310
(Channel A and B) . The data (SERIAL DATA lines) are received from the microprocessor through serial-to-parallel
converters U1010 and U1020 (Channel A and B-see Diagram 7) . These parallel output lines (Diagram 6) form the
digital word that is applied to the D/A converter. The digital
word corresponds to a unique current that is sinked at pin 3
of the D/A converters (01210, Channel A; 01310, Channel
B) . This current, appearing at pin 2 of the operational amplifier circuits, U1200A (Channel A) and U1200B (Channel B),
is converted to a voltage. This voltage can be offset by potentiometer R1205, (R1207, Channel B) and the voltage
range adjusted by potentiometer R1204 (R1206, Channel
B) . The output of U1200A (U1200B) at pin 1 is the trigger
voltage that is routed to the amplifier circuitry on the Analog
board (see Diagram 1) .
The arming circuit input load (Diagram 6) is 1 standard
TTL load . The input is positive overvoltage protected by diode CR1510 (reverse biases upon receiving an excessive
positive overvoltage) . Diode CR1511 is the negative overvoltage protection component (clamps the output to a diode
below ground) and is current limited by resistor R1500.
Transistors 01510 and 01511 form a Schmitt trigger
providing noise im munity to the arming inputs (ARM IN and
EXT ARM IN). The ARM output signal is routed to the digital
circuitry (Diagram 3) .
RELAY DRIVE-DIAGRAM
The serial-to-parallel converters, 01010 (Channel A) and
01020 (Channel B), are used to change the serial data from
the microprocessor to the parallel data . This data will select
the particular relay to be activated. The converter output
data are applied to 01110 (01020, Channel B) that consists
of seven Darlington NPN transistors (shown as inverters) .
These devices are used as current sinks to drive the relay
coils . With one end of the selected relay coil brought low via
one of the inverters (01110), a voltage pulse is applied to
the opposite coil end. This voltage pulse is generated by the
microprocessor (see Diagram 9) and then amplified and regulated by the pulse amplifier circuit consisting of transistors
01031, 01030, 01032 and associated circuitry (Diagram 7) .
REV OCT 1981
Theory of Operation-DC 510
The pulse is approximately 8 V in amplitude with a 25 ms
width ; therefore, when a relay coil is energized, the inverter
output is brought low and the microprocessor pulses the
pulse amplifier to direct the current flow to the selected relay
coil . This causes the relay to change state and latch .
The Darlington transistors 01121 and 01120 (with associated circuitry), are used to drive the relay coils, K1612
(K1632, Channel B), that provide for the Common Separate
channel input function (see Diagram 1) .
POWER SUPPLIES-DIAGRAM
O8
The four main supplies derive power input (through the
instrument's two rear interface connectors) from the
TM 500 or TM 5000-Series power module . These primary
supplies are the +12 V and +5 V, located on the Auxiliary
board, and the other +5 V and a -12 .2 V, located on the
Digital board . They are individually fused and current limited.
The four supplies are referenced to the +2 .5 V (Master Reference) precision voltage reference supply on the Auxiliary
board.
The secondary supplies include the +2 .7 V (ECL Termination), +5 .7 V (derived from the +12 V supply), -5 V
(three-terminal regulator derived from the -12.2 V supply),
and the +18 V (three-terminal regulator derived from the
+33.5 V/+26 V from the power module) that is used in the
Option 01 timebase only (see Diagram 5) .
The +12 V supply (located on the Auxiliary
board-Diagram 8) is derived from the unregulated
+33.5 V/+26 V do power in the power module . The +12 V
regulator circuit consists of U1420 and associated components. Load current for this supply passes through resistor
R1425 (current limit sensing component) and the PNP series-pass transistor located in the power module . The
+ 12 V supply is regulated within design limits by varying
the voltage on the base of the series-pass transistor via
P1600 pin 11A. The Zener diodes, VR1410 and VR1411,
reduce the voltages to appropriate levels for U1420. Should
the load current exceed 0 .4A, the voltage drop across
R1425 becomes great enough to current limit U1420. This
voltage is sensed at U1420 (pins 2 and 3) and reduces the
base-to-collector voltage of the series-pass transistor .
Feedback signals for voltage regulation of the +12 V supply
appear on pin 4 (U1420) and are compared with the +2 .5 V
reference voltage on pin 5. Capacitor C1310 provides for
frequency compensation .
Emitter follower 01330 uses pin 6 Me) of U1420 to provide an input voltage for the precision voltage reference,
U1223. The +2 .5 output voltage is used for all four major
supplies and is a master reference source for the D/A's.
REV OCT 1981
The +5 V supply (located on the Auxiliary board) is derived from the unregulated +11 .5 V/+8 V do power in the
power module . The +5 V regulator circuit consists of
U1320 and associated components . Load current for this
supply passes through current limit sensing resistor R1426
and the NPN series-pass transistor (located in the power
module). This supply is also regulated by varying the voltage
on the series-pass transistor base (P1600 pin 6A). If the
load current is exceeded, the voltage drop across R1426
will cause U1320 to limit this current. This voltage (sensed
at pins 2 and 3 of U1320) causes the series-pass transistor
to turn off. The feedback signal for the voltage regulator
occurs on pin 4 (U1320) and is compared to the reference
voltage on pin 5. Capacitor C1320 provides for frequency
compensation .
The other +5 V supply (located on the Digital board) is
identical in operation to the +5 V supply just discussed. It
consists of the regulator, U1720 and associated components, and an NPN series-pass transistor (located in the
power module). An additional filter network consisting of
C1022 and L1020 provides the display power and isolates
its noise from the rest of the instruXnent .
The -5 V supply (located on the Auxiliary board) consists of a three-terminal regulator, U1330, that provides regulated -5 V from the -12. V input.
The +2 .7 V supply (located on the Auxiliary board) is the
ECL termination supply and is used as a terminating supply
for all the pull-down resistors located in the ECL circuits on
the Analog board (see Diagrams 3 and 5) . The +2 .7 V supply is derived from the +5 V supply and consists of an error
amplifier, 01333, an amplifier stage, 01331, an emitterfollower output stage, 01332, and associated components .
The -12.2 V supply (located on the Digital board) is derived from the unregulated -33.5 V/-26 V do power in the
power module . This supply consists of error amplifier 01723
and 01722, error signal amplifier 01721, current limit sense
amplifier 01720, and associated components . The reference voltage on the base of 01723 is approximately 0 V.
Diode CR1620 provides temperature compensation for the
error amplifier circuit. This supply is regulated within design
limits by varying the voltage on the base of the PNP seriespass transistor, located in the power module, via the collector of 01721 . An excessive load current through current
limit resistor R1718 causes 01720 to increase conduction
and the bases of 01723 and 01721 to go more negative .
The PNP series-pass transistor base goes more positive,
thereby reducing the load current below the design limit.
3-9
Theory of Operation-DC 510
PROCESSOR AND DISPLAY
DRIVERS-DIAGRAM
Introduction
The DC 510 is a digital counter based on a microcomputer system . The microprocessor, U1510 (located on
the Digital board-Diagram 9), controls the internal operations of the DC 510. The microprocessor recognizes, accepts, and decodes commands (keypushes and control
settings) from the front panel logic circuits (Diagram 10) and
sets the operating parameters in response to these
commands .
Integrated circuit U1410 contains a random access memory (RAM) space that provides a maximum of 128 locations
(addresses) which the microprocessor uses to temporarily
store 8-bit data bytes. The data is not permanent and will be
lost whenever the instrument power is turned off. When
power is first applied, the RAM data occurs as random bits
and is therefore meaningless. During instrument operation,
the microprocessor writes data into the RAM at various addresses for later recall and use.
The instructions (firmware) concerning manual operation
of the DC 510 stored in EPROM U1610 (a 4k byte memory)
and in the ROM section of U1410 (a 2k byte memory). The
other RAM is located in U1311 .
System Clock
The microprocessor, U1510, contains a single phase internal clock generator at pins 27 and 28, in conjunction with
inverter U1520F, whose 1 As period (approximately) is controlled by the rc feedback network consisting or R1601 and
C1601 . The activity of U1510, when it is reading data from
or writing data to a memory device, occurs in machine
(U1510) cycles . Since no critical system timing relies on the
microprocessor clock, a crystal is not needed .
Power Up Reset Cycle
ter, Display Interrupt Clock input (pin 37), and the interrupt
output (pin 4) . Also, during the low level period of the microprocessor reset signal, the writing of data to or from U1510
is inhibited, and a bright digit may be displayed on the
DC 510's front panel.
When the positive edge is detected on pin 1 of U1510,
the internal mask interrupt flag will be set and the microprocessor will load its internal program counter from the
reset vector address listed in Table 3-2. This is the start
location for program control .
Interrupt Vector (IRG)
Integrated circuit U1410 has two internal registers for
interrupt control, an interrupt enable register and interrupt
flag register . Corresponding bits in these registers are logically ANDed to set an interrupt request pending flag . When
U1410 detects the pending flag bit, it asserts pin 4 as a low
request to the
output,
generating an interrupt
microprocessor .
When a low level is set on pin 4 of U1410, the microprocessor completes the current instruction before recognizing the interrupt request and examining its own interrupt
mask flag bit. If the interrupt mask flag bit is not set, the
microprocessor starts an interrupt routine. The contents of
its program counter and status register are temporarily
stored in RAM, the interrupt mask flag bit will be set to
prevent further interrupts, and the program counter will then
be loaded with the high and low bytes of the interrupt vector
address listed in Table 3-2. This is the start location for the
interrupt routine for U1410.
Table 3-2
DC 510 INTERRUPT VECTORS
Vector Addresse
$FFFC - $FFFD
$FFFE - $FFFF
Type of Interrupt
Power-Up Reset
Interrupt Request (U1410)
When the instrument is powered up, comparator
U1 102D (and associated components) operates as a
delay/comparator circuit to provide a pulse to reset the
microprocessor to its reset vector address location .
aDollar sign ($) indicates that address code is in hexadecimal
notation .
Pin 14 of U1 102D is held low for approximately 1 .5 seconds (to allow all supplies to come up to operating status in
the TM 500 or TM 5000-Series power modules) . During this
time all of the internal registers of U1410 (except the 16-bit
counter and serial shift register) are cleared to logic zero .
This action places all of the bidirectional input/output lines of
U1410 in the input state and disables the internal shift regis-
There are three possible reasons why U1410 sets an interrupt pending flag, two external events and one internal
event. The two external events are: a negative edge detected on pin 36 (CH B SLOW) or a negative edge detected on
pin 37 (Display Interrupt Clock) ; the one internal event occurs when the 16-bit counter inside U1410 overflows.
3- 1 0
REV OCT 1981
Theory of Operation-DC 510
Address Decoding
NOTE
The microprocessor addresses 01610, 01410, and
01313 when communicating with the instrument functions.
Table 3-3 lists the hexadecimal address ranges for these
devices .
Table 3-3
DC 510 MEMORY ADDRESS RANGE
Hexadecimal
Address Range
$000 - $007F
$0080 -0087
$0400 - $04FF
$0700 - $070F
$0800 - $OFFF
$1000 - $1 FFF
Comments
U1311 (128 X 8 RAM)
01313 (Front panel display, Serial
Data latches, and GPIB address
switches)
01311 (256 X 8 RAM)
U1410 I/Oa
01410 (2k X 8 ROM)
01610 (4k X 8 ROM)
Serial Data Path. The serial data path is shown on the
block diagram (see Figs . 8-6 and 8-7) . Serial data are written, via pins 38 and 40 of U1410, to five serial-to-parallel
shift registers located on the Auxiliary circuit board (A18
assembly), and one serial-to-parallel shift register on the
Analog board (All 2 assembly). This is done when the microprocessor sets the instrument's internal circuits for the desired function . These registers are, in sequence :
A18-01010
A18-U1020
A18-U1222
OSee Table 3-4.
A18-U1220
Memory select decoders 01313, 01420, and related
components, operate to select the proper memory device
during program control .
The input/output sections internal to U1410 are
accessed by the microprocessor using address bits AO
through A3 for specific control of the internal functions . See
Table 3-4.
Table 3-4
ADDRESS CODE FOR U1410
($0700-$070F)
Internal Functions
Address Bits
A3
A2
A1
AO
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
'1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
REV OCT 1981
Due to the complexity of the internal functions associated with U1410, a detailed description of this device
will not be attempted in this manual. If more detailed
information is needed, refer to the manufacturer's
data sheets.
Port A
Port B
Read Lower Counter/Write Lower
Latch
Read Upper Counter/Write Upper
Latch and Download
Write Lower Latch
Write Upper Latch
Serial Data Register
Interrupt Flag Register
Interrupt Enable Register
Auxiliary Control Register
Peripheral Control Register
Data Direction Register-Port A
Data Direction Register-Port B
A18-U1221
A18-U1200
The serial data output from Al2-01200 then goes, via
P1102-6 (Diagram 3), to five parallel-to-serial shift registers
(Channel A and Channel B accumulators) located on the
Digital circuit board (A16 assembly). Serial data is shifted
through these registers and returned to the microprocessor
via the data buffer, U1310B . Serial data is read from the
following parallel-to-serial shift registers:
A16-01122
A16-01211
A16-01312
A16-01121
A16-01114
Pin 40 of U1410 serves both as an input and output for
serial data . When the microprocessor is in the serial write
mode, pin 40 is configured as an output and bytes of information are loaded into the internal serial data registers of
01410. They are then shifted out serially to the shift registers on the All 2 assembly (Analog board) . During the writing
of serial data the three-state data buffer, U1310B, is disabled with a high level on pin 15, preventing the serial data
input from contending with the serial data output via
01114-3 . The microprocessor addresses 01313, causing a
negative pulse on pin 14 (OLATCH) to latch the serial data
in the serial-to-parallel shift registers .
3-1 1
Theory of Operation-DC 510
When the microprocessor is reading the serial data from
the Channel A and Channel B accumulators, pin 15 of
U1310B is set low at the same time pin 40 of U1410 is
configured as an input. The serial data are then read in as
five consecutive bytes. The microprocessor addresses
U1313 and uses pin 15 (ILATCH) to latch data during the
serial read process .
Display Interrupt Clock. The front panel keyboard and
displays are interrupt driven by the timing circuit consisting
of U1520A, U1520B, and associated components . This circuit operates at approximately 1 .1 kHz. The negative edges
of the signal on pin 37 of U1410 interrupt the microprocessor, telling it to update the display and search for a
new keypush or control setting . The microprocessor addresses U1313 and uses pins 7, 9, 10, 11, and 12 during
this process.
Power Up Sequence . After the microprocessor and peripheral device U1410 have been reset at power up, the
DC 510 microprocessor generates the following sequence
of events .
1 . Loads a 0 in the most significant bit position of the
front panel display.
2 . Tests the RAM, starting at address $0000. If a RAM
failure is found, error code 340 will be displayed.
3. Tests the two ROMs for byte location and determines
the checksum . If a ROM error is found, error code 361, 380,
or 381 will be displayed.
4. Checks to see if the Channel A TERM button is held
in, and, therefore, if signature analysis (SA) is being requested . If the SA is not requested, the interrupt registers in
01410 are enabled.
5. Initializes peripheral device 01410 .
6. Performs a serial input/output test . If an error is
found, error code 313 will be displayed.
7. Sets up the hardware to determine the state of the
front panel, loads the serial-to-parallel shift registers, and
generates the relay strobe signals via pin 26 of 01410.
8. Performs the counter chain (Channel A and Channel B
accumulators) integrity test . If this test fails, an error code
3- 1 2
(320 through 324 and 329 for Channel A or 330 through 334
and 339 for Channel B) will be displayed.
9. Starts the measurement cycle by pulsing the master
reset line (pin 33 of 01410) .
10 . After the master reset pulse, the measurement gate
on pin 4 of U1200 (Diagram 3) is started. During the measurement gate interval, the microprocessor is continually
reading the contents of the Channel A accumulator for a
count that is greater than or equal to the number of averages requested by the user . When that count is reached, the
measurement gate is unasserted and the microprocessor
waits for the signal on pin 35 of U1410 to go low, indicating
the end of the measurement cycle. The accumulators are
then read again for their final count and a new measurement
cycle is started after the result is calculated and the display
is updated .
Rear Interface Signals. The PRESCALE line for U1410
(pin 29) operates as an input that indicates to the microprocessor the presence of an external prescaling counter.
When an external prescaler is used, the microprocessor
multiplies the Channel A accumulated counts by 16 before
the display is updated.
The microprocessor interprets the reset input from
U1500A (Diagram 6) to pin 32 of U1410 as the electrical
MEASUREMENT
of
the
front
panel
equivalent
START/STOP pushbutton .
NOTE
Complete data for all of the rear interface signals are
given in the Maintenance section of this manual.
PUSHBUTTONS AND
LEDs-DIAGRAM
The microprocessor uses five control lines and the 8-bit
data bus to communicate with the Pushbuttons and LEDs
and Display circuits . The five control lines are all derived
from U1313 located on Diagram 9.
The interrupt signal from the Display Interrupt Clock
(Timer) circuit to U1410 (Diagram 9, previously discussed)
occurs approximately once every 900 ws . Each interrupt
causes the microprocessor to start a software routine for
servicing the Pushbuttons and LEDs, and Display circuitry .
REV OCT 1981
Theory of Operation-DC 510
Each digit and annunciator in the display, each pushbutton LED, and each control or pushbutton is assigned a
time slot period approximately equal to the period between
successive interrupts . The time slots are generated by
U1121, a decade counter with 10 decode decimal outputs .
The counter provides time slot decoding for scanning the
front panel controls and multiplexing the seven-segment
LEDs and LED annunciators located on Diagrams 10 and
11 . The logic high outputs of U1121 are buffered by nine
Darlington amplifiers (Q1121, Q1122, etc.) .
Each interrupt signal causes the microprocessor to clock
Ul 121 with a negative pulse of approximately 500 ns on pin
14, advancing the count to the next time slot . Immediately
after clocking Ul121, the microprocessor updates the digit
associated with that time slot by sending data to U1112 and
U1111, which contain six D-type flip flops each . Data are
latched in U1112 and U1111 when pin 9 goes low and transfers to the outputs on the positive edge of the CLOCK signal. The BCD output of U1112 is then decoded to sevensegment information by U1101 . Data latches into U1111
and are inverted and buffered by Ul 110 to drive the decimal
point (dp), the pushbuttons, and annunciator LEDs . The display drive power supply filter is a pi-network consisting of
C1022, Ll020, C1020, and C1021 (Diagram 8) . This filter
circuit prevents display noise pulses from disturbing the
sensitive instrument circuits .
After updating the display and checking the front panel
status, the microprocessor returns to the routine of
resetting the input circuits (if necessary), monitoring the
measurement cycle, or collecting the data for the selected
function . This continues until the next front panel interrupt
signal occurs, when it again clocks U1121 for the next time
slot and repeats the procedure.
REV OCT 1981
DISPLAY-DIAGRAM
The nine digits in the display are seven-segment, common anode LEDs ; DS1001 is the Most Significant Digit
(MSD) and DS1301 is the Least Significant Digit (LSD). The
time slot lines (previously discussed) are generated by a
nine-state decade counter, U1121 (Diagraml0). The microprocessor sends all 1's (D1-D4) for the seven-segment information when leading zero supression is indicated . All "I's are
decoded by U1101 (Diagram 9) as a blank.
To illuminate the proper LED or indicator in the display,
the microprocessor sets pins 9, 25, 30, 33, and 36 of P1001
low only during the time slot that corresponds to the displayed units of measurement or indicator.
The pushbutton switches are common to one of the four
sense lines (MISC, FUNCTION, RELAYS, and MORE). The
microprocessor senses the switch closure during an active
time slot (logic high) by addressing U1310 (tri-state buffer).
The illumination interval of the GATE light (DS1304) during time slot six, is only approximately equal to the actual
measurement gate interval . The GATE light is turned on and
then off only to tell the operator that the counter has been
triggered and that the microprocessor has completed the
functional measurement for the selected number of averages . The gate light is not directly connected to the actual
hardware gate .
3-13
Section 4-DC 510
CALIBRATION
PERFORMANCE CHECK PROCEDURE
Introduction
Service Available
This procedure checks the electrical performance requirements as listed in the Specification section in this manual. Perform the Adjustment Procedure if the instrument
fails to meet these checks . In some cases, recalibration may
not correct the discrepancy ; circuit troubleshooting is then
indicated. Also, use this procedure to determine acceptability of performance in an incoming inspection facility .
Tektronix, Inc. provides complete instrument repair and
adjustment at local field service centers and at the factory
service center. Contact your local Tektronix field office or
representative for further information.
Calibration Interval
Test Equipment Required
To ensure instrument accuracy, check the calibration every 2000 hours of operation or at a minimum of every six
months if used infrequently .
The test equipment (or equivalent) listed in Table 41 is
suggested to perform the Performance Check and Adjustment Procedure.
Calibration Procedure-DC510
Performance Check
Table 4-1
LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
Description
Performance Requirements
Power Module
Pert .
Check
Adj.
Proc .
Example
X
X
TEKTRONIX TM 5003,
TM 5006, or TM 500-Series
X
TEKTRONIX DM 501A
Digital Multimeter
4 1/2 digits, 0.5%. Ranges :
2 k0-2 M12 and 2-20 Vdc
X
1 MHz Frequency Standard
1 MHz ± 1 x 10 -9
X
SPECTRACOM CORP TYPE
8161
Leveled Sinewave Generator
Calibrated amplitude @ 350 mV .
Frequency: >200 MHz
X
TEKTRONIX SG 503
Leveled Sinewave Generator
Calibrated amplitude @ 350 mV .
Frequency: >350 MHz
X
TEKTRONIX SG 504
Function Generator
Range, sinewave 10 Hz to 1 MHz;
offset ± 13 Vdc level
X
X
TEKTRONIX FG 501A
Pulse Generator
Risetime <1 ns . Amplitude 0-3 V
X
X
TEKTRONIX PG 502
50 0 Feedthrough Termination
Bnc connectors
X
X
Tektronix Part No . 011-0049-01
Coaxial Cable, 50 U Precision 36
inch
Bnc connectors
X
X
Tektronix Part No . 012-0482-00
Coaxial Cable, 50 U Precision 18
inch
Bnc connectors
X
Tektronix Part No . 012-0076-00
Coaxial Cable, 5012 Precision 42
inch
Bnc connectors
X
Tektronix Part No . 012-0057-01
Adapter, Bnc Female To Dual
Banana
Cable Assembly RF (bnc-to-slide
on connector)
50 U coaxial cable
X
X
Tektronix Part No . 103-0090-00
X
X
Tektronix Part No . 175-3765-01
TEKTRONIX P6125
X
Probe, 5x
X
Flexible Extender
Tektronix Part No. 067-0645-02
Power Dividier GR
X
Tektronix Part No. 017-0082-00
GR To Bnc Female adapters (3)
X
Tektronix Part No. 017-0063-00
501t, 10X Attenuator
Bnc connectors
X
50 U, 5X Attenuator
Bnc connectors
X
50 U, 2X Attenuator
Bnc connectors
Connector, Dual Bnc
X
Tektronix Part No . 011-0060-02
X
X
Tektronix Part No . 011-0059-02
Tektronix Part No . 011-0069-02
Tektronix Part No . 103-0029-00
Calibration Procedure-DC510
Performance Check
PRELIMINARY CONTROL SETTINGS
DC 510
FRED A
CHANNEL A and
CHANNEL B
SLOPE
ATTEN
COUPL
TERM
(lighted)
+ (unlighted)
X1 (lighted)
DC (unlighted)
1 MQ (unlighted)
1 . Check Oscillator Frequency (Standard
timebase)
b. Press to light the DC 510 FRED A button, then press
the AUTO TRIG button .
c. CHECK-that the DC 510
999.99879 kHz and 1 .0000013 MHz.
a. Connect a coaxial cable from the 1 MHz frequency
standard output to the DC 510 CHANNEL A input.
b. Press the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button .
c. CHECK-that the DC 510 readout is within
999 .99399 kHz and 1 .0000061 MHz (±6 .0 ppm, ±1
count) .
2. Check Time Base Oscillator Frequency (Option
01)
NOTE
within
3. Check the Trigger Level CH A and CH B
Accuracy
Refer to Fig . 4-1, performance check setup. Use the following control settings .
Digital Multimeter
2V
DC 510
NOTE
After one year of operation (since the time base was
calibrated), the 1 MHz frequency standard should
read 1.0000000, ±6.0 ppm for any temperature between 0° C to 50° C. The ± 6.0 ppm are determined by
±5 ppm due to temperature, ± 1 ppm due to aging,
and ± 1 count to synchronization error. After this
check is completed, the user should determine if a
time base recalibration is required.
is
d . Remove all cable connections from the DC 510.
Function-Range
The timebase accuracy is a function of temperature
and time . The temperature stability for the standard
time base is ±5 ppm (0° C to 50° C) with an aging rate
of ± 1 ppm/year.
readout
CHANNEL A and
CHANNEL B
ATTEN
X1 (lighted)
a. Connect the DC 510 CH A SHAPED OUT to the digital multimeter input using the bnc-to-slide on connector assembly (standard accessory) .
b. Press the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button .
c. Press the DC 510 T (increment) button until the digital
multimeter display just changes to a low readout. Press the
DC 510 1 (decrement) button until the digital multimeter display just changes to a high readout .
d. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
between +0 .010 and -0 .010 .
e. Connect a coaxial cable from the pulse generator output to the digital multimeter input using a bnc-to-banana
adapter.
f. Set the pulse generator for Ext Trig and Ext Dur and
adjust the output for a displayed readout of approximately
+2 .000 on the digital multimeter. Note this reading.
The temperature stability for the Option 01 time-base
is 0.2 ppm (0° C to 50'C) with an aging rate of
± 1 ppm/year and ± 1 count.
g. Disconnect the cable from the digital multimeter bncto-banana adapter and connect to the DC 510 CHANNEL A
input.
a. Connect a coaxial cable from the 1 MHz frequency
standard output to the DC 510 CHANNEL A input.
h. Reconnect the accessory cable assembly to the digital multimeter input.
4- 3
Calibration Procedure-DC510
Performance Check
DC 510
Digital
Multimeter
Pulse
Generator
f
_
CHANNEL A
Input
Power
Module
CHANNEL B
Input
I
I
O
SHAPED OUT
CH A CH B
I
OUT
'
-
I
J
(3897-11)3552-03
Fig. 4-1 . Performance Check setup for step 3.
i. Press the T (increment) button until the digital
multimeter display just changes to a low readout. Press the
j (decrement) button until the digital multimeter display just
changes to a high readout.
j . Press the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button .
k. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
the same value as was noted on step 3-f, ±40 mV .
4. Check Input Impedance: 50 S2, ±3% ; 1 M12,
b. CHECK-that the digital multimeter display readout
indicates between .9800 and 1 .0200 (MU) .
c. Press the DC 510 CHANNEL A ATTEN X1 button
(lighted).
d . CHECK-that the digital multimeter display readout
indicates between .9800 and 1 .0200 (MQ).
e . Change the digital multimeter Function-Range switch
to 2 kQ .
±1%
Refer to Fig. 4-2 performance check setup. Use the following control settings .
f. Press the DC 510 CHANNEL A TERM 50 S2 button
(lighted).
Digital Multimeter
Function-Range
2 MS2
DC 510
CHANNEL A and
CHANNEL B
ATTEN
TERM
X1 (lighted)
1 mQ (unlighted)
a. Connect a coaxial cable from the DC 510 CHANNEL
A input to the digital multimeter input using a bnc-to-banana
adapter.
4-4
g. CHECK-that the digital multimeter display readout
indicates between .0490 and .0510 (kQ) .
h . Press DC 510 CHANNEL A ATTEN X5
(unlighted) .
button
i . CHECK-that the digital multimeter display readout in
dicates betwen .0490 and .0510 (ksa).
Calibration Procedure-DC510
Performance Check
DC 510
Power
Module
Digital
Multimeter
CHANNEL A
Input
CHANNEL B
Input
IN
(3897-12)3552-04
Fig . 4-2 . Performance Check setup for steps 4 and 7 .
j . Move the cable connection from the DC 510 CHANNEL A input to the CHANNEL B input .
r . Press the DC 510 CHANNEL B ATTEN X5 button
(unlighted) .
k . Change the digital multimeter Function-Range switch
to 2 MS2 .
s . CHECK-that the digital multimeter display readout
indicates between .0490 and .0510 (kQ) .
I . CHECK-that the digital multimeter display readout indicates between .9800 and 1 .0200 (MS2) .
5 . Check the Arming Input Pulse Response
,100 ns (VH >2 .4 V, L _0 .4 V)
m . Press the DC 510 CHANNEL B ATTEN X1 button
(lighted) .
n . CHECK-that the digital multimeter display readout
indicates betwen .9800 and 1 .0200 (MQ) .
o . Change the digital multimeter Function-Range switch
to 2 kQ .
p . Press the DC 510 CHANNEL B TERM 50 S2 button
(lighted) .
q . CHECK-that the digital multimeter display readout
indicates between .0490 and .0510 (kQ) .
Refer to Fig . 4-3, performance check setup . Use the following control settings .
Pulse Generator
Squarewave
.1 us
(in)
Pulse Duration
Period
Back Term
Sinewave Generator
Frequency Range (MHz)
Output Amplitude
50-100
1 .25 V
DC 510
CHANNEL A and
CHANNEL B
ATTEN
TERM
X1 (lighted)
50 S2 (lighted)
Calibration Procedure-DC510
Performance Check
Fig. 4-3. Performance Check setup for steps 5 and 14 .
a. Connect a coaxial cable from the pulse generator output to the DC 510 CHANNEL A input.
b. Adjust the pulse generator Period Variable control until the DC 510 display readout indicates 200.0000 (ns) .
c. Press the DC 510 T (increment) button to adjust the
trigger level for 2 .4 V on the display.
d. Adjust the pulse generator High Level control until the
DC 510 trigger level is obtained (2 .4 V) .
e. Press the DC 510 ~ (decrement) button to adjust the
trigger level until the display readout indicates 0.4 V.
f. With the pulse generator High Level control set, adjust
the Low Level control until the DC 510 trigger level is obtained (0 .4 V) .
g . Remove the DC 510 CHANNEL A input connection
and connect the sinewave generator output to the CHANNEL A input .
h . Adjust the sinewave generator Frequency Variable
control until the DC 510 display readout indicates approximately 75 .OXXXX MHz (the last four digits can vary due to
source instability) .
i. Press the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button, then connect
the pulse generator output to the ARM IN .
j. CHECK-that the DC 510 display still indicates approximately 75 .OXXXX MHz (the last four digits can vary
due to source instability) with the display GATE light
blinking .
k. Disconnect the cable from the pulse generator output
and attach a 50 S2 terminator (this causes the line to go to a
TTL low) .
I . CHECK-that the DC 510 readout stops changing values and the display GATE light is not blinking (but may be
lighted) .
Calibration Procedure-DC510
Performance Check
6. Check Input Capacitance: 23 pF, ±10%
Refer to Fig. 4-4, performance check setup. Use the following control settings .
Function Generator
Frequency Hz
Multiplier
Function
Offset
Output
d . Press the DC 510 DISPLAY-TEST button for the trigger level voltage display readout.
2
10 2
(sine)
(midrange)
(cw)
e. Note the DC 510 display readout (peak input voltage) .
DC 510
CHANNEL A and
CHANNEL B
TERM
SLOPE
ATTEN
COUPL
FREQ A
FILTER (20 MHz)
f. Change the function generator Multiplier switch to 10 5.
g. Press the DC 510 LEVEL CH A button and the DISPLAY-TEST button .
1 MQ (unlighted)
+ (unlighted)
X1 (lighted)
DC (unlighted)
(lighted)
(lighted)
h. Adjust the DC 510 Channel A triggering level using
the T (increment) and j (decrement) buttons until the GATE
annunciator light (on the display) just starts or stops
blinking .
a. Connect the 20 pF normalizer with a 50 Q terminator
and 5X attenuator from the DC 510 CHANNEL A input
through a coaxial cable to the function generator output .
b. Press the DC 510 LEVEL CH A button, then the DISPLAY-TEST button .
i. Press the DC 510 DISPLAY-TEST button for the trigger level voltage display readout.
j. Note the DC 510 display readout (peak input voltage) .
Function
Generator
DC 510
Power
Module
c. Adjust the DC 510 Channel A triggering level using
the T (increment) button until the GATE annunciator light (on
the display) just stops blinking .
0
@
CHANNEL A
Input
CHANN EL B
Input
li
OUT
5X
Attenuator
Normalizer
50 12
Termination
(3897-13)3552-05
Fig. 4-4. Performance Check setup for step 6.
4-7
Calibration Procedure-DC510
Performance Check
6j .
k. Divide the readout on step 6e by the readout on step
I. CHECK-that the ratio between the two readings is
between 1 .03 and 1 .13 (ratio of input capacitance value to
the 20 pF normalization) .
m. Remove the DC 510 CHANNEL A input connection
and connect it to the CHANNEL B input . Change the function generator Multiplier switch to 10 2.
n. Press the DC 510 LEVEL CH B button, then press the
DISPLAY-TEST button .
o. Adjust the DC 510 Channel B triggering level using
the t (increment) button until the GATE light (on the display)
just stops blinking.
p. Press the DC 510 DISPLAY-TEST button (trigger level voltage) .
q. Note the DC-5010 display readout (peak input
voltage) .
r. Change the function generator Multiplier switch to 105.
s. Press the DC 910 LEVEL CH B button and the DISPLAY-TEST button .
7. Check RISE/FALL Input Impedance: 50 it,
±3%, 1 MQ, 500 kit, f2% (60 MHz sinewave at
high level)
Refer to Fig. 4-2, performance check setup.
a. Set the digital multimeter Function Range switch to
2 kit.
b. Press the DC 510 CHANNEL B ATTEN X1 button
(lighted) and press to light the RISE/FALL A button .
c. CHECK-that the digital multimeter display readout
indicates between .0490 and .0510.
d. Press both DC 510 CHANNEL A and B TERM 1 MSt
buttons (unlighted) .
e. Change the digital multimeter Function-Range switch
to 2000 W.
f. CHECK-that the digital multimeter display readout
indicates between .4900 and .5100 (kit).
8. Check the Input Sensitivity: X1 Attenuation, DC
and AC Coupled; 50 it, <70 mV p-p
Refer to Fig. 4-5, performance check setup. Use the following control settings .
Sinewave Generator
t. Adjust the DC 510 Channel B triggering level using the
t (increment) and 1 (decrement) buttons until the GATE light
just starts or stops blinking .
Frequency MHz
Range
Amplitude
u. Press the DC 510 DISPLAY-TEST button (trigger level voltage) .
FRED A
CHANNEL A and B
COUPL
TERM
SLOPE
ATTEN
v. Note the DC 510 display readout (peak input voltage) .
w. Divide the readout on step 6q by the readout on step
6v.
x. CHECK-that the ratio between the two readings is
between 1 .03 and 1 .13 (ratio of input capacitance to the
20 pF normalization) .
350
LOW
0.70
DC 510
(lighted)
DC (unlighted)
50 it (lighted)
+ (unlighted)
X1 (lighted)
a. Connect a coaxial cable with a 10X attenuator from
the sinewave generator output to the DC 510 CHANNEL A
input.
b. Press to light the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button, LEVEL
CH A button, and the DISPLAY-TEST button .
Calibration Procedure-DC510
Performance Check
Sinewave
Generator
DC 510
l
CHANNEL A
Input
Power
Module
v
v
CHANNEL B
Input
I
I
I
1 MHz
Frequency
Standard
-~P- - -
OUT
50 4
Termination
10X
Attenuator
(3897-15)3552-07
Fig. 4-5. Performance Check setup for steps 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13.
c . Press the DC 510 T (increment) or j (decrement) buttons to adjust the trigger level for a stable display readout.
d. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
approximately 350.OOXXXX (the last four digits can vary
due to source instability) .
e. Move the DC 510 CHANNEL A input connection to
the CHANNEL B input.
f. Connect the 1 MHz frequency standard to the DC 510
CHANNEL A input and press the RATIO B/A button
(lighted).
g. Press to light the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button, LEVEL
CH B button, and the DISPLAY-TEST button .
h. Press the DC 510 T (increment) or j (decrement) buttons to adjust the trigger level for a stable display readout.
i. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
approximately 350.OOXXX (the last three digits can vary due
to source instability).
9. Check the Input Sensitivity : X5 Attenuation, DC
and AC Coupled; 50 St -350 mV p-p
Refer to Fig. 4-5, performance check setup. Use the following control settings .
Sinewave Generator
Frequency MHz
Range
Amplitude
350
Low
3.5
DC 510
FREQ A
CHANNEL A and B
TERM
ATTEN
(lighted)
50 S2 (lighted)
X5 (unlighted)
a. Connect a coaxial cable with a 10X attenuator from
the sinewave generator output to the DC 510 CHANNEL A
input.
b. Press to light the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button, LEVEL
CH A button, and the DISPLAY-TEST button .
c. Press the DC 510 T (increment) or 1 (decrement) buttons to adjust the trigger level for a stable display readout.
4-9
Calibration Procedure-DC510
Performance Check
d. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
approximately 350.OOXXXX (the last four digits can vary
due to source instability) .
e. Move the DC 510 CHANNEL A input connection to
the CHANNEL B input.
f. Connect the 1 MHz frequency standard to the DC 510
CHANNEL A input and press the RATIO B/A button
(lighted).
g. Press to light the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button, LEVEL
CH B button, and the DISPLAY-TEST button .
h. Press the DC 510 1 (increment) or j (decrement) buttons to adjust the trigger level for a stable display readout.
i. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
approximately 350.OOXXX (the last three digits can vary due
to source instability) .
10. Check Input Sensitivity: X1 Attenuation, DC
and AC Coupled ; 1 MG, <42 mV p-p at <300 MHz
Refer to Fig. 4-5, performance check setup. Use the following control settings .
Sinewave Generator
Frequency MHz
Amplitude
300
~ 120 mV
DC 510
CHANNEL A and B
TERM
1 MO (unlighted)
a. Remove the DC 510 CHANNEL B input connection
and attach a 50 0 termination to the end of the coaxial cable. Reconnect this cable with the termination and 10X
attenuator to the CHANNEL B input.
b. Press to light the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button, LEVEL
CH B button, and the DISPLAY-TEST button .
c. Press the DC 510 1 (increment) or I (decrement) button to adjust the trigger level for a stable display readout.
d. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
approximately 300.OXXXX (the last four digits can vary due
to source instability) .
e. Remove the 1 MHz frequency standard from the
DC 510 CHANNEL A input.
f. Move the DC 510 CHANNEL B input connection to the
CHANNEL A input.
g. Press to light the DC 510 FREE A button, AUTO
TRIG button, LEVEL CH A button, and the DISPLAY-TEST
button .
h. Press the DC 510 1 (increment) or 1 (decrement) button to adjust the trigger level for a stable display readout.
i. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
approximately 300.OOXXXX (the last four digits can vary
due to source instability) .
j. Remove the cable connections .
11 . Check Input Sensitivity: X5 Attenuation, DC
and AC coupled; 1 MG, <-350 mV at <200 MHz
Refer to Fig. 4-5, performance check setup. Use the following control settings .
Sinewave Generator
Frequency Range
Frequency Variable
Amplitude Multiplier
Output Amplitude
100-250
200
X.1
3.5
DC 510
RATIO B/A
ATTEN
(lighted)
X5
a. Connect the 1 MHz frequency standard to the DC 510
CHANNEL A input.
b. Connect a coaxial cable with a 10X attenuation and
5012 termination from the sinewave generator output to the
DC 510 CHANNEL B input .
c. Press to light the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button, LEVEL
CH B button, and the DISPLAY-TEST button .
d . Press the DC 510 T (increment) or j (decrement) button to adjust the triger level for a stable display readout.
Calibration Procedure-DC510
Performance Check
e. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
approximately 200.OOXXX (the last three digits can vary due
to source instability) .
f. Press to light the DC 510 FREQ A button .
e. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
approximately 200.OOXXX (the last three digits can vary due
to source instability) .
f. Press to light the DC 510 FREQ A button .
g . Remove the 1 MHz frequency standard from the
DC 510 CHANNEL A input.
g . Remove the 1 MHz frequency standard from the
DC 510 CHANNEL A input.
h . Move the DC 510 CHANNEL B input connection to
the CHANNEL A input.
h . Move the DC 510 CHANNEL B input connection to
the CHANNEL A input.
i . Press to light the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button, LEVEL
CH A button, and the DISPLAY-TEST button .
i. Press to light the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button, LEVEL
CH A button, and the DISPLAY-TEST button .
j. Press the DC 510 T (increment) or ~ (decrement) button to adjust the trigger level for a stable display readout.
j. Press the DC 510 T (increment) or 1 (decrement) button to adjust the trigger level for a stable display readout.
k. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
approximately 200.OOXXXX (the last four digits can vary
due to source instability) .
k. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
approximately 200.OOXXXX (the last four digits can vary
due to source instability) .
12 . Check Input Sensitivity: X1 Attenuation, DC
and AC coupled; 1 MS2, <70 mV at <200 MHz
Refer to Fig. 4-5, performance check setup. Use the following control settings .
Sinewave Generator
Frequency Range
Frequency Variable
Amplitude Multiplier
Output Amplitude
RATIO B/A
100-250
200
X.1
0.70
DC 510
(lighted)
a. Connect the 1 MHz frequency standard to the DC 510
CHANNEL A input.
b. Connect a coaxial cable with a 10X attenuation and
50 0 termination from the sinewave generator Output to the
DC 510 CHANNEL B input.
c. Press to light the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button, LEVEL
CH B button, and the DISPLAY-TEST button .
d. Press the DC 510 T (increment) or 1 (decrement) button to Adjust the trigger level for a stable display readout.
13 . Check Input Sensitivity: X5 Attenuation, DC
and AC Coupled: 1 MQ, <210 mV p-p at
-<300 MHz
Refer to Fig. 4-5 performance check setup. Use the following control settings .
Sinewave Generator
Frequency MHz
300
DC 510
CHANNEL A and B
TERM
ATTEN
1 MQ (unlighted)
X5 (unlighted)
a. Remove the DC 510 CHANNEL B input connection
and insert a 50 St termination to the coaxial cable.
Reconnect this cable to the CHANNEL B input.
b. Press to light the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button, LEVEL
CH B button, and the DISPLAY-TEST button .
c. Press the DC 510 T (increment) or 1 (decrement) button to adjust the trigger level for a stable display readout.
d. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
approximately 300 .OOXXX (the last three digits can vary due
to source instability) .
4- 1 1
Calibration Procedure-DC510
Performance Check
e. Remove the 1 MHz frequency standard from the
DC 510 CHANNEL A input.
f. Move the DC 510 CHANNEL B input connection to the
CHANNEL A input.
g. Press to light the DC 510 FREQ A button, AUTO
TRIG button, LEVEL CH A button, and the DISPLAY-TEST
button .
h. Press the DC 510 T (increment) or j (decrement) button to adjust the trigger level for a stable display readout .
i . CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
approximately 300.OOXXXX (the last four digits can vary
due to source instability) .
d. Press to light the DC 510 WIDTH A button .
e. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
between 0.0000 and 4.0000 (ns) .
15 . Check EVENTS B DUR A Minimum Pulse
Width, -4 .0 ns and <8 .5 ns
Check Delay Mismatch : Int, _-2 ns
Check Minimum TIME B -- A, _- 12 .5 ns
Refer to Fig . 4-6, performance check setup. Use the following control settings .
Pulse Generator
j . Remove the cable connections .
14 . Check WIDTH A: Range <4 ns ; minimum Time
Stop Edge To Start Edge, <8 .5 ns
Refer to Fig . 4-3 (using pulse generator only), performance check setup. Use the following control settings .
Pulse Generator
Period
Variable
Duration
Variable
Output
Back Term
Low Level
High Level
10 ns
(ccw)
_-2 ns
(ccw)
(out)
0
2
DC 510
CHANNEL A and B
ATTEN
TERM
FREQ A
X1 (lighted)
50 SZ (lighted)
(lighted)
a. Connect a coaxial cable with a 10X attenuator from
the pulse generator output to the DC 510 CHANNEL A
input.
b. Press to light the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button .
c. Adjust the pulse generator Period Variable control until the DC 54 0 indicates approximatrely 80 .0000 (MHz).
.1 ps
-_2 ns
0V
3V
(out)
Pulse Period
Pulse Duration
Low Level
High Level
Back Term
DC 510
Time A --" B
CHANNEL A and
CHANNEL B
ATTEN
TERM
SLOPE
(lighted)
X1 (lighted)
50 9 (lighted)
+ (unlighted)
EVENTS B DUR A check :
a. Connect a coaxial cable from the pulse generator output to one connector of a 50 S2 power divider (using the GRto-bnc adapter) .
b. Connect an 18-inch coaxial cable from another power
divider connector to the DC 510 CHANNEL A input (using
the GR-to-bnc adapter) .
c. Connect a 42-inch coaxial cable from the other power
divider connector to the DC 510 CHANNEL B input (using
the GR-to-bnc adapter) .
d. Press the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button, then press to
light the NULL button .
e. Press the DC 510 CHANNEL B - SLOPE button
(unlighted) .
f. Adjust the pulse generator Duration Variable control
until the DC 510 display readout indicates between 3.95 ns
and 4 .05 ns .
Calibration Procedure-DC510
Performance Check
Pulse
Generator
DC 5010
Sinewave
Generator
CHANNEL A
Input
Power
Module
1811 Cable
CHANNEL B
Input
F. 0
OUT
J
42" Cable
I
~~ (Dual Male Bnc Connector)
I
I
I
OUT
I
Power Divider
I
I
L__---_-----------_-J
(3897-16)3552-40
Fig. 4-6. Performance Check setup for step 15 .
g . Remove the DC 510 CHANNEL B input cable and terminate this cable end with a 50 St terminator.
m. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
between 2.45 and 3 .85.
h. Set the Sinewave generator for 350 MHz at approximately 150 mV, and connect the generator output to the
DC 510 CHANNEL B input.
Delay Mismatch Check :
i. Change the pulse generator Pulse Period to 10 ns
(pulse width is 4.0 ns).
o. Replace the 18-inch coaxial cable (from the DC 510
CHANNEL A input to the power divider) with a dual bnc
male connector.
j . Press to light the DC 510 FREQ A button .
k . Adjust the pulse generator Period Variable until the
DC 510 display readout indicates 80 .XXX MHz (the last
three digits can vary due to source instability) .
I . Press to light the DC 510 EVENTS B DUR A button,
then press the AUTO TRIG button .
n. Press to light the DC 510 TIME A - B button, then
press the NULL button (lighted).
p . CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
approximately 2.5 ns . Note this reading .
q . Replace the 42-inch coaxial cable (from the DC 510
CHANNEL B input to the power divider) with the 18-inch
cable that was removed in Step 15-o .
r. Press to light the DC 510 TIME A -> B button .
4- 1 3
Calibration Procedure-DC510
Performance Check
s. CHECK-that the DC 510 display indication, minus
(-) the readout noted in step 15-p, is 0.
a. Connect a bnc-to-slide on cable asembly from the
DC 510 PROBE COMP output to the CHANNEL A input.
Minimum Time B -" A Check:
t. Press to light the DC 510 FRED A button .
u. Change the pulse generator Pulse Period to 10 ns
(pulse width remains 4.0 ns).
v. Adjust the pulse generator Period Variable until the
DC 510 display readout indicates 67 .XXX MHz (the last
three digits can vary due to source instability) .
b. Press the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button .
c. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
between 70 .0000 and 170.0000 Hz .
d. Press the DC 510 WIDTH A function button .
w. Press to light the DC 510 TIME A - B button .
x. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
between 0 and 6.0 ns .
16 . Check Probe Compensation
Use the following control settings .
e. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
greater than 600.000 ,,s and less than 1 .3 ms .
f. Press the DC 510 LEVEL CH A button .
DC 510
CHANNEL A and
CHANNEL B
ATTEN
TERM
FREQ A
TOTAL A
X5
1 MQ (unlighted)
(lighted)
(lighted)
g. CHECK-that the DC 510 display readout indicates
between 2.000 and 3.250 V (50% voltage point; peak voltage equals 4 V to 6.5 V) .
This completes the Performance Check.
Calibration Procedure-DC510
Adjustment Procedure
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
NOTE
Introduction
Use this Adjustment Procedure to restore the DC 510 to
original performance requirements . This Adjustment Procedure need not be performed unless the instrument fails to
meet the Performance Requirements of the Electrical Characteristics listed in the Specification section. If the instrument has undergone repairs, the Adjustment Procedure is
recommended. Allow thirty minutes warmup time for operation to specified accuracy (sixty minutes after storage in a
high humidity environment) .
Satisfactory completion of all adjustment steps in this
procedure assures that the instrument will meet the Performance Requirements, providing the instrument is functioning properly .
Test Equipment Required
The test equipment (or equivalent) listed in Table 4-1 is
required for adjustment of the DC 510. Specifications given
for the test equipment are the minimum necessary for accurate adjustment . All test equipment is assumed to be correctly calibrated and operating within specifications .
If other test equipment is substituted, calibration setup
may need to be altered to meet the requirements of the
equipment used .
PRELIMINARY CONTROL SETTINGS
DC 510
FREQ A
CHANNEL A and
CHANNEL B
ATTEN
SLOPE
COUPL
TERM
AVGS
(lighted)
X1 (lighted)
+ (unlighted)
DC (unlighted)
50 Q (lighted)
10 6
Preparation
Access to the internal adjustments is achieved most
easily when the DC 510 is connected to the power module
with a flexible plug-in extender . Remove the top and side
covers of the DC 510 to reach the adjustments and checks
on the Auxiliary, Digital, and Analog boards . Refer to the
Adjustment Locations and Setups in the pullout pages at
the rear of this manual .
Make adjustments at an ambient temperature between +20'C and +30° C.
1 . Check the Digital Board + 12 V Accuracy
(±2%)
a. Set the digital multimeter Function-Range switch to
20 Vdc and connect the Low test lead to the DC 510 chassis ground . Connect the Volts/S2 test lead to the Digital
board +12 test point.
b. Check that the digital multimeter readout indicates between 11 .40 and 12 .60 (volts).
2. Check the Digital Board -12.2 V Accuracy
(±2%)
a. Remove the Volts/Q test lead from the + 12 test point
and connect it to the -12 test point (Digital board) .
b. Check that the digital multimeter readout indicates between -11 .40 and -12.60 (volts).
3. Check the Digital Board +5 V Accuracy (±2%)
a. Remove the digital multimeter Volts/St test lead from
the -12 test point and connect it to the +5 test point (Digital board) .
b. Check that the digital multimeter redbut indicates between +4 .90 and +5 .10 (volts).
c. Remove the Volts/S2 test lead from the +5 test point.
4. Check the Digital Board +2 .5 V (V ref) Accuracy
(±1 %)
a. Connect the digital multimeter Volts/Sl test lead to the
Digital board Vref test point.
b. Check that the digital multimeter readout indicates between 2.475 and 2 .525 (volts).
4- 1 5
Calibration Procedure-DC510
Adjustment Procedure
5. Check the Analog Board +5 V Accuracy (±2%)
NOTE
a. Remove the digital multimeter Volts/Sl test lead from
the Vref test point and connect it to the +5 test point (Analog board) .
The Option 01 Timebase adjustment is made through
an access hole in the back of the oven timebase.
Y1530 is located on the back side of the Auxiliary
board.
b. Check that the digital multimeter readout indicates between 4.90 and 5.150 (volts) .
6. Check the Analog Board + 12 V Accuracy
(±2%)
a. Remove the digital multimeter Volts/12 test lead from
the +5 test point and connect to the +12 test point (Analog
board) .
b. Check that the digital multimeter readout indicates between 11 .76 and 12 .24 (volts) .
7. Check the Analog Board -5 V Accuracy (±5%)
a. Remove the digital multimeter Volts/S2 test lead form
the +12 test point and connect it to the -5 test point (Analog board) .
b. Check that the digital multimeter readout indicates between -4 .75 and -5 .25 (volts).
a. Connect a coaxial cable from the 1 MHz Frequency
Standard to the DC 510 CHANNEL A input.
b. Set the DC 510 LEVEL CH A for a stable display
readout.
c. ADJUST-Y1530 until the DC 510 display readout indicates 1 .0000000 MHz .
d. Press to light the PERIOD A button .
e. ADJUST-Y1530 until the DC 510 display readout indicates between 999.99998 and 999.99999 .
f. Remove the cable connections from the DC 510.
10. Adjust R1205, A Off, and R1207, B Off
Refer to Fig. 8-3, adjustment setup, in the pullout pages .
Use the following control settings .
c. Remove the test lead connections .
S. Adjust the Standard Timebase Accuracy,
C1521, Osc Adj
a. Connect a coaxial cable from the 1 MHz Frequency
Standard to the DC 510 CHANNEL A input.
b. Press the DC 510 AUTO TRIG button .
c. ADJUST-C1521 (through a hole in the back plate)
until the DC 510 readout indicates between 999 .99990 and
1 .0000005 MHz .
NOTE
This sets the DC 510 oscillator within one part in 107.
It will take approximately one second for the display
to update .
9. Adjust the Optional Timebase Accuracy, Y1530
DC 510
CHANNEL A and
CHANNEL B
TERM
SLOPE
ATTEN
COUPL
FRED A
Function-Range
1 MQ (unlighted)
+ (unlighted)
X1 (lighted)
AC (unlighted)
(lighted)
Digital Multimeter
2V
Pulse Generator
Output low level
Output high level
Pulse Period
Pulse Duration
(cw)
(cw)
Ext Duration
Ext
a. Connect the interconnecting cable from the DC 510
CH A SHAPED OUT to the digital multimeter input using an
rf connector-to-banana adapter.
b. Set the DC 510 LEVEL CH A to display 0 V.
Calibration Procedure-DC510
Adjustment Procedure
c. ADJUST-131205 counterclockwise to the point
where the digital multimeter display readout changes from
approximately 0 V to approximately .2 V.
d . Move the DC 510 CH A SHAPED OUT connection to
the CH B SHAPED OUT .
e. Set the DC 510 LEVEL CH B to display 0 V.
f. ADJUST-131207 counterclockwise to the point
where the digital multimeter display readout changes from
approximately 0 V to approximately .2 V.
g. Disconnect the digital multimeter cable connection .
11 . Adjust 131206, B Rng, and 131204, A Rng
Refer to Fig. 8-3, adjustment setup, in the pullout pages.
a. Connect a coaxial cable with 50 0 termination from
the pulse generator output to the digital multimeter input
connectors using a bnc-to-banana adapter.
b. Set the DC 510 CHANNEL A and B COUPL for DC .
c. Adjust the pulse generator Low and High level controls until the display readout (digital multimeter) indicates
between 1 .900 and 2.000 volts. Note this reading.
d. Move the coaxial cable with the 50 S2 termination from
the digital multimeter input to the DC 510 CHANNEL B
input.
e. Reconnect the cable from the DC 510 CH B SHAPED
OUT to the digital multimeter input connectors .
f. Set the DC 510 LEVEL CH B to display the reading
obtained in step 11 c (within 4 mV).
g. ADJUST-111206 to the point where the digital
multimeter display readout changes from approximately 0 V
to approximately .2 V.
h. Move the coaxial cable with 50 Sl termination from the
DC 510 CHANNEL B input to the CHANNEL A input.
i. Set the DC 510 LEVEL CH A to display the reading
obtained in step 1 is (within 4 mV).
j. ADJUST-131204 to the point where the digital
muiltimeter display readout changes from approximately 0 V
to approximately .2 V.
12 . Adjust AT1505 (Channel A) and AT1533
(Channel B), Attenuator Compensation
Refer to Fig . 8-4, adjustment setup, in the pullout pages.
Use the following control setings.
DC 510
CHANNEL A and
CHANNEL B
TERM
SLOPE
ATTEN
COUPL
PROBE COMP
FILTER
1 MS2 (unlighted)
+ (unlighted)
X5 (unlighted)
AC (lighted)
(lighted)
(lighted)
Function Generator
Frequency Hz
Multiplier
Function
Offset
Output
1
10 3
Squarewave
(midrange)
5 V p-to-p (Amplitude)
a. Connect a 50 0 terminator and 2X attenuator from the
function generator output through a coaxial cable to the
DC 510 CHANNEL A input .
b. Press the DC 510 PROBE COMP button .
c. ADJUST-the lower adjustment on AT1505 until the
digit on the far left side of the DC 510 display just changes
from a steady 1 to a 0. The Channel A X5 attenuation is now
compensated .
d. Move the DC 510 CHANNEL A input connection to
the CHANNEL B input and again press the PROBE COMP
button .
e. ADJUST-the lower adjustment on AT1533 until the
DC 510 digit on the far right side of the display just changes
from a steady 1 to a 0. The Channel B X5 attenuation is now
compensated.
f. Remove all cable connections .
4- 1 7
Calibration Procedure-DC510
Adjustment Procedure
13 . Adjust AT1505 (Channel A) and AT1533
(Channel B), Attenuator Input Capacitance.
Function Generator
Output
cw (max amplitude)
a. Compensate a X5 test probe to the DC 510 CHANNEL A input and set for X1 attenuation . Refer to Probe
Compensation in the Operating Instructions of this manual .
b. After the probe has been properly compensated, connect the probe tip to the function generator output using a
probe tip-to-bnc connector.
c. Set the DC 510 CHANNEL A ATTEN to X5 (lighted
button) and press to light the PROBE COMP button .
d . ADJUST-the upper adjustment on AT1505, located
on the Analog board, until the digit located on the far left
side of the DC 510 display just changes from a steady 1 to a
0. The X5 input capacitance is now equal to the X1 input
capacitance .
e. Remove the test probe from the CHANNEL A input
and the function generator. Then Compensate the probe
(see step 13a) to the DC 510 CHANNEL B X1 attenuator .
f. Reconnect the probe tip to the function generator
output.
g . Set the DC 510 CHANNEL B ATTEN to X5 (lighted)
and press the PROBE COMP button .
h. ADJUST-the upper adjustment on AT1533, located
on the Analog board until the digit on the far right side of the
display just changes from a steady 1 to a 0. The Channel B
X 5 attenuation is now compensated .
This completes the Adjustment Procedure.
Section 5-DC 510
MAINTENANCE
Static-Sensitive Components
Static discharge may damage semiconductor compo-
9. Use a soldering iron that is connected to earth
ground .
10 . Use only special antistatic suction type or wick type
desoldering tools.
nents in this instrument.
Test Equipment
This instrument contains electrical components that are
susceptible to damage from static discharge. See Table 5-1
for relative susceptibility of various classes of semiconductors . Static voltages of 1 kV to 30 kV are common in
unprotected environments .
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage :
1 . Minimize handling of static-sensitive components .
2. Transport and store static-sensitive components or
assemblies in their original containers, on a metal rail, or on
conductive foam . Label any package that contains staticsensitive assemblies or components .
3. Discharge the static voltage from your body by wearing a wrist strap while handling these components . Servicing static-sensitive assemblies or components should be
performed only at a static-free work station by qualified service personnel .
4. Nothing capable of generating or holding a static
charge should be allowed on the work station surface.
5. Keep the component leads shorted together whenever possible .
Before using any test equipment to make measurements
on static-sensitive components or assemblies, be certain
that any voltage or current supplied by the test equipment
does not exceed the limits of the component to be tested .
Table 5-1
RELATIVE SUSCEPTIBILITY
TO STATIC DISCHARGE DAMAGE
Relative
Susceptibility
Levels'
Semiconductor Classes
MOS or CMOS microcircuits or
discretes, or linear microcircuits
with MOS inputs.
(Most Sensitive)
ECL
Schottky signal diodes
Schottk TTL
transistors
JFETs
Linear microcircuits
Low-power Schottky TTL
(Least Sensitive)
TTL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
aVoltage equivalent for levels:
1 = 100 to 500 V 4 = 500 V
2 =200 to 500 V 5 = 400 to 600 V
6=600to800V
3=250V
7 = 400 to 1000 VIM.)
8 = 900V
9=1200V
(Voltage discharged from a 100 pF capacitor through a resistance of 100 Q.)
6. Pick up components by the body, never by the leads.
Circuit Board Removal and Replacement
7. Do not slide the components over any surface.
Qualified service personnel will find the DC 510 instrument cover and board removal quite simple using the following procedure. Refer to Fig. 5-1 and the Parts Location
Grids in the pullout pages.
8. Avoid handling components in areas that have a floor
or work surface covering capable of generating a static
charge .
1 . Remove the two side covers (four 1/4 turn fasteners) .
Maintenance-DC 510
Top Screws
(2)
Bullet Connectors
(2)
3552-08
Fig . 5-1 . Circuit boards removal and replacement .
5- 2
Maintenance-DC 510
2. Remove the top and back covers (may be easily removed as a single unit).
5. To remove the Display board (use following to access
the seven-segment LEDs and annunciator LEDs).
a.
Remove the top cover screws (2).
a.
Repeat steps 1 through 5 above.
b.
Remove the back cover 3/16" hex bullet connectors
(2).
b.
Disconnect the single-pin harmonica connector,
P1321 .
c.
Carefuly pull the covers up and back to remove .
c.
Remove the screws (4) that secure the Display
board to the front panel (back) .
d.
Carefully remove the Display board, pulling up and
away from the bottom and lifting out.
3. To remove the Digital board.
a.
Repeat steps 1 and 2 above.
b.
Remove the bottom cover screw that secures the
Digital board.
c.
Disconnect the connector, P1611 (.11611), from the
Auxiliary board.
d.
Carefully remove the Digital board.
4. To remove the Analog board or the Auxiliary board
(these boards are interconnected and must be removed
together).
a.
Repeat steps 1 and 2 above.
b.
Remove the 9/16" nuts (2) from the front panel
Channel A and B bnc input connectors .
c.
Remove the bottom cover screws (2) securing both
the Analog and Auxiliary boards .
d.
Disconnect the two connectors, P1201 (.11201) and
P1130 (.11130), from the Analog board.
e.
Disconnect the connectors, P1500 (.11500) and
P1611 (.11611), from the Auxiliary board.
f.
Carefully pull the interconnected boards away from
the connector (front panel back) using a gentle up
and down rocking motion . Allow sufficient clearance
for the input connectors through the front panel.
9-
Gently pull the two boards apart, taking care not to
damage the interface connector pins . Often it is easier to begin at one end of the board and separate the
connectors one at a time .
NOTE
With the Analog board out of the instrument, the
Channel A and B bnc connectors are subject to damage. Care should be taken to prevent breaking the bnc
solder connections.
6. To replace the circuit boards, reverse the above
procedure.
Magnetic Latch Relays
To prevent damage to these relays, do not remove them
from the Analog circuit board unless absolutely necessary. If
the relay contacts become noisy or the relay fails to operate,
remove the relay from the circuit board. Remove the two
relay hold down screws located on the rear of the Analog
board and carefully remove the relay.
Clean the circuit board contacts with a small brush and
isopropyl alcohol. Do not use any solvent that may attack
polycarbonates such as hydrocarbon chlorides, ketones,
esters, etc. Do not use a cotton swab as small cotton filaments may remain on the contact area .
Clean the contact fingers on the relay armature by lightly
brushing the contacts with a brush dipped in isopropyl
alcohol.
To remove the relay armature from the relay, obtain a
wire or tool with a diameter less than 0.040 inch, such as a
paper clip . Before removing the armature, mark the orientation of the armature to the housing. Orientation is important
for proper operation. Place the tool in the slot on the side of
the housing and gently lift the relay armature . (See Fig .5-2 .)
Clean the interior of the relay, around the pole pieces,
with isopropyl alcohol. The interior of the relay must be completely dry before reinstalling the armature. Use air to dry
excess alcohol from the housing.
NOTE
Do not spray contact cleaners of any type on the relays or the board contacts. Any foreign material, including lubricants, can cause faulty operation.
5- 3
Maintenance-DC 510
Cleaning Instructions
This instrument should be cleaned only as often as operating conditions require. Accumulation of dirt on components acts as an insulating blanket and prevents efficient
heat dissipation that can cause overheating and component
breakdown.
Avoid the use of chemical cleaning agents that might
leave a film or damage the plastic material used in this
instrument. Use a nonresidue type of cleaner, preferably, isopropyl alcohol or totally denatured ethyl alcohol. Before using any other type of cleaner, consult
your Tektronix Service Center or representative.
Exterior . Loose dust accumulated on the front panel can
be removed with a soft cloth or a small brush. Dirt that
remains can be removed with a soft cloth dampened with a
mild detergent and water solution . Abrasive cleaners should
not be used .
Interior . Dust in the interior of the instrument should be
removed occasionally, due to its electrical conductivity under high humidity conditions . The best way to clean the interior is to blow off the accumulated dust with dry, low
pressure air then use a soft brush. If further cleaning is required, use a mild detergent and water solution, flushing well
with clean water.
Fig. 5-2. Method of removing magnetic latch relay armature .
Obtaining Replacement Parts
Electrical and mechanical parts can be obtained through
your local Tektronix Field Office or representative . However,
many of the standard electronic components can be obtained from a local commercial source . Before purchasing or
ordering parts from a source other than Tektronix, Inc.,
check the Replaceable Electrical Parts list for the proper
value, rating, tolerance, and description .
Ordering Parts
Do not clean the circuit board with water, air, or any
solvent, unless the relays are removed first. Any dirt
forced or carried under the contacts can cause intermittent operation. Circuit boards and components
must be dry before applying power to prevent damage
from electrical arcing .
Drying can be accomplished with dry, low-pressure air or
by placing in an oven at 40°C to 60°C for approximately
four hours.
After making minor board repairs, cleaning is best accomplished by carefully flaking or chipping the solder flux
from the repaired area .
Isopropyl alcohol can be used to clean major repairs to
the circuit board ; however, flush the board well with clean,
isopropyl alcohol. Make certain that resin or dirt is carefully
removed from the board.
5- 4
When ordering replacement parts from Tektronix, Inc., it
is important to include all of the following information .
1 . Instrument
numbers) .
type
(include
modification
or
option
2. Instrument serial number .
3. A description of the part (if electrical, include the component number).
4. Tektronix part number .
Soldering Techniques
WARNING
To avoid electric shock hazard, disconnect the instrument from the power source before soldering.
Maintenance-DC 510
The reliability and accuracy of this instrument can be
maintained only if proper soldering techniques are used
when repairing or replacing parts . General soldering techniques which apply to maintenance of any precision electronic equipment should be used when working on this
instrument . Use only 60/40 rosin-core, electronic grade solder . The choice of soldering iron is determined by the repair
to be made .
The Analog board in the DC 510 is a multilayer type
board with a conductive path laminated between the
top and bottom board layers. All soldering on this
board should be done with extreme care to prevent
breaking the connections to this conductive path.
Only experienced maintenance personnel should attempt to repair this board. Do not allow solder or solder flux to flow under printed circuit board relays. The
printed circuit board is part of the relay contacts; intermittent relay operation can occur if the contacts are
contaminated.
Square Pin Assemblies
See Fig . 5-3 . These pins are of various lengths . They are
attached to each other with a plastic strip . To remove them
simply unsolder from the circuit board .
Bottom Entry and Side Entry Circuit Board Pin
Sockets
To remove or replace these sockets unsolder the pins
from the circuit board . Use a vacuum or other type
desoldering tool to remove excess solder. Use caution to
prevent circuit board damage . See Fig . 5-4 for bottom entry
socket example .
NOW-11
~
When soldering on circuit boards or small wiring, use
only a 15 watt, pencil type soldering iron . A higher wattage
soldering iron can cause the etched circuit wiring to separate from the board base material and melt the insulation
from small wiring . Always keep the soldering iron tip properly tinned to ensure the best heat transfer to the solder joint .
Apply only enough heat to remove the component or to
make a good solder joint . To protect heat sensitive components, hold the component lead with a pair of long-nose
pliers between the component body and the solder joint .
Use a solder removing wick to remove excess solder from
connections or to clean circuit board pads .
W
2971-08
To remove in-line integrated circuits use an extracting
tool . This tool is available from Tektronix, Inc . ; order
Tektronix Part Number 003-0619-00 . If an extracting tool is
not available, use care to avoid damaging the pins . Pull
slowly and evenly on both ends of the integrated circuit . Try
to avoid disengaging one end before the other end .
Interconnecting Pins
Several methods of interconnection, including square pin,
are used to electrically connect the circuit boards with the
other boards and components .
Several types of mating connectors are used for these
interconnecting pins . The following information provides the
removal and replacement procedure for the various interconnecting methods .
Fig . 5-4. Bottom entry circuit board pin socket .
Multipin Connectors
The pin connectors used to connect the wires to the
interconnecting pins are clamped to the ends of the wires .
Maintenance-DC 510
To replace damaged multipin connectors, remove the old
pin connector from the holder . Do this by inserting a scribe
between the connector and the holder and prying the connector from the holder . Clamp the replacement connector to
the wire . Reinstall the connector in the holder .
END-LEAD
MULTI-PIN
CONNECTOR
INDEX
If the individual end lead pin connectors are removed
from the plastic holder, note the order of the individual wires
for correct replacement in the holder . For proper replacement see Fig. 5-5.
HOLDER
END-LEAD
MULTI-PIN
CONNECTOR
MULTI-PIN
CONNECTOR
INDEX
(1986_68)3897-11
Fig . 5-5. Orientation and disassembly of multipin connectors .
Maintenance-DC 510
REAR INTERFACE CONNECTORS
Introduction
Refer to Fig. 5-6 for the following.
OUTPUT OR
INPUT
A slot between pins 21 and 22 on the rear connector
identifies this instrument as a member of the TM 5000
counter family . Insert a barrier in the corresponding position
of the power module jack to prevent noncompatible plug-ins
from being used in that compartment. Consult the power
module manual for further information .
PIN
B
PIN
A
OUTPUT OR
INPUT
28
28
ARMING INPUT
GROUND
27
27
ARMING INPUT
26
26
RESET INPUT
25
25
24
24
23
BARRIER
SLOT
23
Functions Available at Right Rear Interface
Connector (P1600)
22
21
21
Pin 14A. External Clock Input-This input allows an external 1, 5, or 10 MHz frequency standard to be used
in place of the internal timebase. The input is ac
coupled and has a 1 kQ input resistance . The
peak-to-peak input voltage required is ,0 .5 V.
20
20
19
1s
18
18
17
17
16
16
10MHz CLOCK OUT
15
15
10MHz CLOCK OUT
GROUND
PRESCALE
14
14
EXTERNAL CLOCK
INPUT
13
13
12
12
+33 .5V OC
11
11
BASE LEAD OF
PNP SERIES PASS
10
10
EMITTER LEAD OF
PNP SERIES PASS
t33 .5V COMMON
9
9
t33 .5V COMMON
-33 .5V OC
8
Pin 1413 . Prescale-When this available line is held low, the
counter automatically adjusts the displayed answer for use with a divide-by-16 prescaler in
FREQ A, PERIOD A, RATIO B/A, and TOTALIZE
A modes (_-1 TTL load).
Pin 15A. 10 MHz Clock Out Ground-This terminal is the
ground return for the clock input-output signals.
Pin 1513 . 10 MHz Clock Out-This available output line will
drive one TTL load . This line is not intended to
drive large capacitance loads and cable length
should be kept to a minimum .
Pin 26A. Reset Input-When this line is set low, the current
measurement process is aborted for all selected
functions and causes all digits in the display to
read 8.8 .8 .8 .8 .8 .8 .8 .8 . All eight annunciators (and
push buttons) are also illuminated . When this line
is set high, a new measurement process is initiated for the selected FUNCTION and operating conditions. (CMOS vIL --1 .5 V and v lH ,3 .5 V with a
minimum pulse width of approximately 10 ms .)
When not used, the line is in the high state.
+33 .5V OC
COLLECTOR LEAD OF
PNP SERIES PASS
22
8
-33.5V OC
7
EMITTER LEAD OF
N1pN SERIES PASS
6
6
BASE LEAD OF
NPN SERIES PASS
5
5
+11 .5V COMMON
4
4
+11 .5V COMMON
+11 .5V COMMON
3
3
+11 .5V COMMON
+11 .5V OC
2
2
+11 .5V DC
COLLECTOR LEAD OF
NPN SERIES PASS
7
1
TM 500
BARRIER
SLOT
REAR
VIEW
OF
PLUG-IN
1
3552-09
Fig. 5-6 . Right rear interface connector assignments.
Maintenance-DC 510
Pin 27A. Arming Input-This terminal is normally at a TTL
high level. When pulled to a TTL low state with a
TTL signal or transistor collector, the counter is
prevented from making a measurement until the
input goes to a TTL high state. When this input is
routed to the rear interface it is do coupled to the
front panel arm signal . ("H , 2.4 V, vL _-0.4 V
approximately 2 TTL loads) .
Pin 28A. Arming Input Ground-This terminal is the ground
return for the rear interface arming input signal .
PIN
B
PIN
A
12
12
+33.5V OC
11
11
BASE LEAD OF
PNP SERIES PASS
10
10
EMITTER LEAD OF
PNP SERIES PASS
±33.5V COMMON
9
9
±33 .5V COMMON
-33.5V OC
8
8
-33 .5V DC
7
EMITTER LEAD OF
NPN SERIES PASS
6
8
BASE LEAD OF
NPN SERIES PASS
5
5
4
4
+11 .5V COMMON
+11 .5V COMMON
3
3
+11 .5V COMMON
+11 .5v OC
2
2
+11 .5V OC
OUTPUT OR
INPUT
+33.5V DC
COLLECTOR LEAD OF
PNP SERIES PASS
COLLECTOR LEAD OF
NPN SERIES PASS
+11 .5V COMMON
Functions Available at Left Rear Interface
Connector (P1820)
Refer to Fig. 5-7 for connector assignments.
7
1
TM 500
BARRIER
SLOT
REAR
v
VIEW
OF
PLUC-IN
OUTPUT OR
INPUT
1
3552-10
Fig. 5-7. Left rear interface connector assignments .
DIAGNOSTICS
Introduction
Digital multimeter.
The following information is intended to aid in the diagnosis and repair of a malfunctioning instrument . With power-on
Self Test, signature analysis checks, and other
troubleshooting data, the qualified service personnel will be
able to verify proper operation or detect malfunction in this
instrument .
Also
of this
probes,
may be
Not all of the instrument faults may be isolated by this
information or indicated by the instrument's built-in self test
features . The service personnel should then refer to the
Theory of Operation section, in this manual for a better understanding of the circuit details.
Equipment Required
The recommended diagnostic tests require the following
equipment or equivalent .
Data analyzer .
TEKTRONIX type SA 501 or type 308
Data Analyzer (for signature analysis)
Digital counter.
'
TEKTRONIX type DC 503A (for timebase frequency checks)
5-8
TEKTRONIX type DM 501A
checking power supplies)
(for
refer to the equipment list in the Calibration section
manual for suggestions on oscilloscope systems,
adapters, terminations and other equipment that
useful for troubleshooting purposes .
Adjustment and Test Point Locations
When locating adjustable components and test points,
refer to the Adjustment and Setups Location in the pullout
pages of this manual .
Self Test
The DC 510 has two modes of self test . The automatic
test sequence at power on and the TEST function selected
by the front panel TEST button .
The automatic test sequence at power-on (Power On
Self Test) is initiated each time the power is applied to the
instrument . The microprocessor sequences through special
data patterns to test the operation of the circuits in the in-
Maintenance-DC 510
strument . At power-on, after the microprocessor reset line
has been released, the following tests are performed:
1 . The display (time slot generator, diagram 10) is reset
to the most significant digit (digit to extreme left) and a 0
readout is displayed.
2. The RAM is tested by writing a known bit pattern into
the RAM and reading it back . Each byte in the RAM is verified . If any byte does not verify, the RAM test error code is
displayed on the front panel and the test sequence stops.
The patterns written are FF, AA, 55, 00 (hexidecimal) in succession leaving the RAM cleared when the test is finished . If
this test is not successfully completed, the proper error
code is displayed and the self test sequence stops.
3. The ROM's are checked for proper checksums . If any
of these tests fail, the power on self test sequence is
stopped and the proper error code is displayed. The order of
the RAM and ROM test is given in Table 5-2.
Table 5-2
RAM & ROM Test Sequence
(DC 510 Placement and Checksum)
RAM
ROM
$0000 - $007F
$0400 - $04FF
$0800 - $OFFF
$1000 - $1 FFF
4 . Next, the automatic test sequence sets the instrument gating to the RATIO B/A function .
5. The serial I/O data loop is checked next, by writing
out a data pattern to the serial-to-parallel shift registers. The
data pattern is read back through the parallel-to-serial shift
registers. If the data are correct, the power-on sequence
continues . If the data are not correct, the error code for this
test is displayed and the test sequence stops. This test
checks the shift registers and the data path, including the
serial clock but does not check the input or output stages of
the shift registers or the latch control lines. Troubleshooting
of the serial I/O loop is best accomplished using signature
analysis .
6. The next test is the counter integrity test . This test
first resets the instrument's Channel A and Channel B accumulators by pulsing the MR (master reset) line . It then
checks each of the tested counter stages to verify that all
bits are reset. If any bits are not reset, the proper erro r code
is displayed and the test sequence stops. Next, the GATE
signal, (diagram 3) is asserted . The instrument then inputs
counts to the accumulators . These counts are generated by
changing the trigger levels for both Channel A and Channel
B using the D/A converters . The D/A converter level
changes (cycles) from its current setting to +2 .0 V then to
-2 .0 V and back to +2 .0 V . This cycle represents one
count if the Channel A and Channel B input voltages are
within this voltage range and the ARM signal, (diagram 6) is
in the high state.
After each cycle or set of cycles, the accumulators are
read and checked to see if the proper count has been
reached. If a count greater than or equal to the proper count
has not been accumulated, the error code for that accumulator stage is displayed and the self test sequence stops.
An improper count might occur because of a bad counter
chip, a bad readout chip, or a disconnected cable.
NOTE
The signal path starts at the DIA converters and the
cycle must pass through the amplifiers, gating, and
the accumulators. A first bit error (320, 330) may indicate an amplifier, FET or Schmitt error.
7. If the counter integrity test fails for any of the described reasons, the D/A converters will be set to -2 V.
The gating (diagram 3), remains in the RATIO B/A function
and by applying a signal, that crosses the -2 V Trigger
level settings, to the appropriate channel input, the service
personnel can trace this signal through the amplifier, gating,
and accumulator circuits . Also refer to Table 8-2 in the
pullout pages .
TEST Function
The TEST function from the front panel is similar to the
Power On Self Test sequence with one exception. The RAM
test is not executed, thereby preventing the instrument's
settings from being lost while in the TEST function .
TROUBLESHOOTING
The following is a general troubleshooting procedure to
use when the instrument malfunctions .
First, verify that the instrument is properly connected to
the appropriate power module and that this power module is
operable . Then refer to Fig. 8-5, General Troubleshooting
Flowchart, in the pullout pages. This flowchart is a guide for
qualified service personnel to locate various areas of circuitry, depending on the instrument symptoms . It may also refer
the service personnel to the following signature analysis
procedure.
5-9
Maintenance-DC 510
SIGNATURE ANALYSIS
Introduction
The DC 510 was designed to be compatible with two signature analysis methods.
Internal signature analysis-this is a microprocessor
driven pattern generator contained in the ROM. This method will only work when the kernel microprocessor and its
associated ROM, RAM, and connections are functional .
Refer to Fig. 5-8 for the following .
Make certain the power module power is off when connecting this service kit to the instrument . Then, connect
J1002 and J1003 of the Kernel Test board to J1210 and
J1211 on the instrument Digital board (A16), respectively,
using the cables and square pin adapters provided with the
kit. Make sure that the cables do not get twisted. Connect
the START, STOP, CLOCK, and GROUND connections of
the analyzer to the test points as indicated on the appropriate Kernel Signature (Fig . 8-10) in the pullout pages. Also
make sure that the START, STOP, and CLOCK polarities
have been properly selected on the analyzer .
Kernel signature analysis-this requires the use of an
external kernel test service kit (Tektronix part number 0671007-00). This method allows qualified service personnel to
test and isolate problems in the kernel of the instrument .
In troubleshooting the kernel, the following information
may be helpful.
Internal Signature Analysis
Two physically adjacent points having the same signature, whether one or both are incorrect, may indicate they
are shorted together .
The internal signature analysis mode is entered at poweron by pressing the CHANNEL A TERM button (50 St) as
power is applied . This mode will not operate if the instrument fails the power on RAM test . Refer to Figs . 8-6, 8-7, 88, and 8-9 in the pullout pages, for the internal signatures
setup information for each circuit board.
In the internal signature analysis mode, the serial loop is
most easily diagnosed. The START, STOP, and CLOCK
edge polarities must be properly set as shown on the appropriate signature diagram . When the instrument is in this
mode, all segments and annunciators in the display are
lighted, with the extreme left digit brighter than the other
digits . The pushbuttons are also lighted.
To exit the Internal Signature Analysis mode, the instrument must be powered down and then powered up .
Kernel Signature Analysis
The Digital board microprocessor, U1301, is removed
(observing proper static handling procedures) before
making the kernel test.
The kernel signature analysis mode is used to diagnose
problems that prevent the microprocessor kernel circuitry
from functioning properly. It is used with a signature analyzer to verify signatures in the kernel circuitry.
5- 1 0
A point with 0000 signature is grounded, or in a low
state. A point with the +5 V signature (noted on each signature diagram) may be opened or the driving node may be
stuck in the high state. The point might also be shorted to
+5 V .
Selected Components (R1307 and R1326)
Refer to diagram 2 (board A12) in the pullout pages for
the following .
If IC's U1310 and U1330 (M234 Type) are replaced and
the input sensitivity (50 Sf) is found to exceed 57 mV peakto-peak at 100 MHz (25°C ambient temperature), the following procedure is recommended.
NOTE
If IC's U1310 and U1330 (M234) should have to be
replaced, the input sensitivity is unlikely to vary.
The values of selected resistors, R1307 and R1326
(nominal value of 1 .4 kQ each) may be changed to alter the
input sensitivity for channels A and B respectively .
If the instrument requires more than a 57 mV peak-topeak signal to trigger it, the resistance values of R1307 and
R1326 will need to increase. The sensitivity will change approximately 10 mV peak-to-peak for each 500 St of resistance change . See the Specification section of this manual
for the input sensitivity limits .
REV OCT 1981
+5 V Indicator
Start/Stop
(TP1000)
KERNEL TEST BOARD
J1210
J1211
DIGITAL BOARD
(rear view)
Fig . 5- 8 . Kernel signature analysis connections.
Section 6-DC 510
OPTIONS
Your instrument may be equipped with one or more instrument options or optional accessories . A brief description of
each instrument option is given below. For further information on instrument options or optional accessories, see your
Tektronix Catalog or contact your Tektronix Field Office . If additional options are made available for this instrument, they may
be described in a Change Information insert at the back of this manual or in this section.
OPTION 01
Replaces the standard 10 MHz oscillator with a self contained, proportional temperature
increased accuracy and stability. Information relative to Option 01 can be found on schematic
Calibration, and Theory of Operation sections .
ntrolled oven oscillator for
and in the Specification,
Section 7-OC 510
REPLACEABLE
ELECTRICAL PARTS
PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION
Replacement parts are available from or through your local
Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or representative.
Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to
accommodate improved components as they become available,
and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements
developed in our engineering department. It is therefore important, when ordering parts, to include the following information in
your order: Part number, instrument type or number, serial
number, and modification number if applicable .
If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or
improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Officeor representative will contact you concerning any change in part number.
Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this
manual .
LIST OF ASSEMBLIES
A list of assemblies can be found at the beginning of the
Electrical Parts List . The assemblies are listed in numerical order.
When the complete component numberof apart is known, this list
will identify the assembly in which the part is located.
CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TO
MANUFACTURER
The Mfr. Code Number to Manufacturer index for the
Electrical Parts List is located immediately after this page . The
Cross Index provides codes, names and addresses of manufacturers of components listed in the Electrical Parts List.
Only the circuit number will appear on the diagrams and
circuit board illustrations. Each diagram and circuit board
illustration is clearly marked with the assembly number.
Assembly numbers are also marked on the mechanical exploded
views located in the Mechanical Parts List . The component
number is obtained by adding the assembly number prefix to the
circuit number.
The Electrical Parts List is divided and arranged by
assemblies in numerical sequence (e.g ., assembly Al with its
subassemblies and parts, precedes assembly A2 with its subassemblies and parts) .
Chassis-mounted parts have no assembly number prefix
and are located at the end of the Electrical Parts List .
TEKTRONIX PART NO. (column two of the
Electrical Parts List)
Indicates part number to be used when ordering replacement part from Tektronix.
SERIAL/MODEL NO. (columns three and four
of the Electrical Parts List)
Column three (3) indicates the serial number at which the
part wasfirst used . Column four (4) indicatesthe serial number at
which the part was removed. No serial number entered indicates
part is good for all serial numbers.
ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviations conform to American National Standard Y1 .1 .
COMPONENT NUMBER (column one of the
Electrical Parts List)
A numbering method has been used to identify assemblies,
subassemblies and parts. Examples of this numbering method
and typical expansions are illustrated by the following:
Example a.
component number
A23R1234
A23
Assembly number
R1234
Circuit number
Read : Resistor 1234 of Assembly 23
Example b.
A23A2R1234
Assembly
number
NAME & DESCRIPTION (column five of the
Electrical Parts List)
In the Parts List, an Item Name is separated from the
description by a colon (:) . Because of space limitations, an Item
Name may sometimes appear as incomplete . For further Item
Name identification, the U.S . Federal Cataloging Handbook H6-1
can be utilized where possible.
MFR. CODE (column six of the Electrical Parts
List)
Indicates the code number of the actual manufacturer of the
part . (Code to name and address cross reference can be found
immediately after this page .)
co mponent number
A23
A2
R1234
Subassembly
Circuit
number
number
Read: Resistor 1234 of Subassembly 2 of Assembly 23
MFR. PART NUMBER (column seven of the
Electrical Parts List)
Indicates actual manufacturers part number.
Replaceable Electrical Parts-DC 510
CROSS INDEX-MFR . CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER
Mfr. Code
OOOID
00779
01121
01295
03508
03888
04222
04713
07263
11532
14433
18324
22526
24546
24931
27014
32997
33096
34576
50434
50522
51642
51984
52262
52648
53184
55210
55576
55680
56289
71400
72982
73138
74970
75042
76493
80009
91293
91637
Manufacturer
G 6 E MICROCIRCUITS
AMP, INC .
ALLEN-BRADLEY COMPANY
TEXAS INSTRUMENTS, INC ., SEMICONDUCTOR
GROUP
GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY, SEMI-CONDUCTOR
PRODUCTS DEPARTMENT
KDI PYROFILM CORPORATION
AVX CERAMICS, DIVISION OF AVX CORP .
MOTOROLA, INC ., SEMICONDUCTOR PROD . DIV .
FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR, A DIV . OF
FAIRCHILD CAMERA AND INSTRUMENT CORP .
TELEDYNE RELAYS
ITT SEMICONDUCTORS
SIGNETICS CORP .
BERG ELECTRONICS, INC .
CORNING GLASS WORKS, ELECTRONIC
COMPONENTS DIVISION
SPECIALITY CONNECTOR CO ., INC .
NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP .
BOURNS, INC ., TRIMPOT PRODUCTS DIV.
COLORADO CRYSTAL CORPORATION
ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL CORP .
ELECTRONIC DEVICES DIVISION
HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY
MONSANTO CO ., ELECTRONIC SPECIAL
PRODUCTS
CENTRE ENGINEERING INC .
NEC AMERICA INC. RADIO AND
TRANSMISSION DIV .
B AND H ELECTRONICS, INC ., DBA MICRO
COMPONENTS ASSOCIATES
PLESSEY SEMICONDUCTORS
XCITON CORPORATION
GETTIG ENG . AND MFG . COMPANY
SYNERTEX
NICHICON/AMERICA/CORP .
SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO .
BUSSMAN MFG., DIVISION OF MCGRAWEDISON CO .
ERIE TECHNOLOGICAL PRODUCTS, INC .
BECKMAN INSTRUMENTS, INC ., HELIPOT DIV.
JOHNSON, E . F ., CO .
TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, IRC FIXED
RESISTORS, PHILADELPHIA DIVISION
BELL INDUSTRIES, INC .,
MILLER, J . W ., DIV .
TEKTRONIX, INC .
JOHANSON MFG . COMPANY
DALE ELECTRONICS, INC .
Address
City, State, Zip
2000 W 14TH STREET
P 0 BOX 3608
1201 2ND STREET SOUTH
P 0 BOX 5012, 13500 N CENTRAL
EXPRESSWAY
TEMPE, AZ 85281
HARRISBURG, PA 17105
MILWAUKEE, WI 53204
ELECTRONICS PARK
60 S JEFFERSON ROAD
P 0 BOX 867, 19TH AVE . SOUTH
5005 E MCDOWELL RD,PO BOX 20923
SYRACUSE, NY 13201
WHIPPANY, NJ 07981
MYRTLE BEACH, SC 29577
PHOENIX, AZ 85036
464 ELLIS STREET
3155 W EL SEGUNDO BLVD
3301 ELECTRONICS WAY
P 0 BOX 3049
811 E . ARQUES
YOUK EXPRESSWAY
MOUNTAIN VIEW, CA 94042
HAWTHORNE, CA 90250
550 HIGH STREET
2620 ENDRESS PLACE
2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR .
1200 COLUMBIA AVE .
2303 W 8TH STREET
BRADFORD, PA 16701
GREENWOOD, IN 46142
SANTA CLARA, CA 95051
RIVERSIDE, CA 92507
LOVELAND, CO 80537
3310 MIRALBMA AVE .
640 PAGE MILL ROAD
ANAHEIM, CA 92803
PALO ALTO, CA 94304
3400 HILLVIEW AVENUE
2820 E COLLEGE AVENUE
PALO ALTO, CA 94304
STATE COLLEGE, PA 16801
2990 TELESTAR CT . SUITE 212
FALLS CHURCH, VA 22042
202 E STEVENS ST ., SUITE 6
1641 KAISER
5 HEMLOCK STREET
PO BOX 85, OFF ROUTE 45
3050 CORONADO DR
6435 N PROESEL AVENUE
87 MARSHALL ST .
SANTA ANA, CA 92707
IRVINE, CA 92714
LATHAM, NY 12110
SPRING MILLS, PA 16875
SANTA CLARA, CA 95051
CHICAGO, IL 60645
NORTH ADAMS, MA 01247
2536 W . UNIVERSITY ST .
644 W. 12TH ST .
2500 HARBOR BLVD .
299 10TH AVE . S . W .
ST . LOUIS, MO 63107
ERIE, PA 16512
FULLERTON, CA 92634
WASECA, MN 56093
401 N . BROAD ST .
PHILADELPHIA, PA 19108
19070 REYES AVE ., P 0 BOX 5825
P 0 BOX 500
P 0 BOX 329
P. 0 . BOX 609
COMPTON, CA 90224
BEAVERTON, OR 97077
BOONTON, NJ 07005
COLUMBUS, NE 68601
DALLAS, TX 75222
WEST PALM BEACH, FL 33402
SUNNYVALE, CA 94086
NEW CUMBERLAND, PA 17070
Replaceable Electrical Parts-DC 510
Component No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
Name & Description
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
80009
80009
80009
80009
670-6993-UU
670-6994-00
67U-6995-OU
670-6996-00
80009
670-6997-00
CKT BOARD ASSY :DISPLAY
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :l00PF,5%,100V
LAMP,LED RDOUT :ORANGE,7 SEG,0 .4 DIGIT
LAMP,LED RDOUT :ORANGE,7 SEG,0 .4 DIGIT
LAMP,LED RDOUT :ORANGE,7 SEG,0 .4 DIGIT
LT EMITTING DIO :RED,650NM,40MA MAX
51642
50522
50522
50522
53184
G1710100X5P101J
MAN 4610A
MAN 4610A
MAN 4610A
XC209R
150-1031-00
150-1053-00
150-1053-00
150-1053-00
150-1031-00
150-1043-00
LT EMITTING DIO :RED,650NM,40MA MAX
LAMP,LED RDOUT :ORANGE,7 SEG,0 .4 DIGIT
LAMP,LED RDOUT :ORANGE,7 SEG,0 .4 DIGIT
LAMP,LED RDOUT :ORANGE,7 SEG,0 .4 DIGIT
LT EMITTING DIO :RED,650NM,40MA MAX
LT EMITTING DIO :RED,20MA,5V
53184
50522
50522
50522
53184
50522
XC209R
MAN 4610A
MAN 4610A
MAN 4610A
XC209R
MV5774C
AIODS1112
AIODS1113
AlODS1114
AlODS1131
AlODS1132
AlODS1133
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
LT
LT
LT
LT
LT
LT
50522
50522
50522
50522
50522
50522
MV5774C
MV5774C
MV5774C
MV5774C
MV5774C
MV5774C
AlODS1134
AIODS1201
AIODS1202
AlODS1203
AIODS1211
AlODS1213
150-1043-00
150-1053-00
150-1053-00
150-1031-00
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
LT EMITTING DIO :RED,20MA,5V
LAMP,LED RDOUT :ORANGE,7 SEG,0 .4 DIGIT
LAMP,LED RDOUT :ORANGE,7 SEG,0 .4 DIGIT
LT EMITTING DIO :RED,650NM,40MA MAX
LT EMITTING DIO :RED,20MA,5V
LT EMITTING DIO :RED,20MA,5V
50522
50522
50522
53184
50522
50522
MV5774C
MAN 4610A
MAN 4610A
XC209R
MV5774C
MV5774C
AIODS1214
AlODS1221
AIODS1222
AIODS1223
AlODS1224
AIODS1231
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
LT
LT
LT
LT
LT
LT
50522
50522
50522
50522
50522
50522
MV5774C
MV5774C
MV5774C
MV5774C
MV5774C
MV5774C
AlODS1232
AlODS1233
AIODS1234
AlODS1301
AlODS1302
AIODS1303
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
150-1053-00
150-1031-00
150-1031-00
LT EMITTING DIO:RED,20MA,5V
LT EMITTING DIO :RED,20MA,5V
LT EMITTING DIO:RED,20MA,5V
LAMP,LED RDOUT :ORANGE,7 SEG,0 .4 DIGIT
LT EMITTING DIO:RED,650NM,40MA MAX
LT EMITTING DIO:RED,65ONM,40MA MAX
50522
50522
50522
50522
53184
53184
MV5774C
MV5774C
MV5774C
MAN 4610A
XC209R
XC209R
AIODS1304
AlODS1306
AIODS1311
AIODS1313
AlODS1314
AIODS1321
150-1031-00
150-1031-00
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
LT
LT
LT
LT
LT
LT
DIO:RED,650NM,40MA MAX
DIO:RED,650NM,40MA MAX
DIO :RED,20MA,5V
DIO:RED,20MA,5V
DIO:RED,20MA,5V
DIO:RED,20MA,5V
53184
53184
50522
50522
50522
50522
XC209R
XC209R
MV5774C
MV5774C
MV5774C
MV5774C
AlODS1323
AIODS1325
AlODS1331
AIODS1332
AlODS1333
A1OP10U1
150-1043-00
150-1031-00
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
150-1043-00
131-1934-00
LT EMITTING DIO :RED,20MA,5V
LT EMITTING DIO :RED,650NM,40MA MAX
LT EMITTING DIO :RED,20MA,5V
LT EMITTING DIO :RED,20MA,5V
LT EMITTING DIO :RED,20MA,5V
TERM . SET,PIN :1 X 36,0 .1 CTR,0 .9 L
50522
53184
50522
50522
50522
22526
MV5774C
XC209R
MV5774C
MV5774C
MV5774C
65539-001
670-6993-00
670-6994-00
670-6995-00
670-6996-00
----- ----670-6997-00
----- -----
CKT BOARD ASSY :DISPLAY
CKT BOARD ASSY :ANALOG
CKT BOARD ASSY :DIGITAL
CKT BOARD ASSY :AUXILIARY
(STANDARD ONLY)
CKT BOARD ASSY :AUXILIARY WOVEN
(OPTION 01 ONLY)
A10
AlOC1321
AlODS1001
AIODS1002
AIODS1003
AlODS1004
----- ----281-0765-00
150-1053-00
150-1053-00
150-1053-00
150-1031-00
AlODS1005
AlODS1101
AIODS1102
AIODS1103
AlODS1104
AIODS1111
A10
A12
A16
A18
A18
EMITTING
EMITTING
EMITTING
EMITTING
EMITTING
EMITTING
EMITTING
EMITTING
EMITTING
EMITTING
EMITTING
EMITTING
EMITTING
EMITTING
EMITTING
EMITTING
EMITTING
EMITTING
DIO :RED,20MA,5V
DIO :RED,20MA,5V
DIO :RED,20MA,5V
DIO :RED,20MA,5V
DIO :RED,20MA,5V
DIO :RED,20MA,5V
DIO :RED,20MA,5V
DIO :RED,20MA,5V
DIO :RED,20MA,5V
DIO :RED,20MA,5V
DIO :RED,20MA,5V
DIO :RED,20MA,5V
Replaceable Electrical Parts-DC 510
Component No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
Name & Description
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
AlOP1002
AlOP1321
AlOQ1121
AlOQ1122
AlOQ1123
AIOQ1124
131-1934-00
131-1934-00
151-0254-00
151-0254-00
151-0254-00
151-0254-00
TERM . SET,PIN :1 X 36,0 .1 CTR,0 .9 L
TERM . SET,PIN:1 X 36,0 .1 CTR,0 .9 L
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
22526
22526
03508
03508
03508
03508
65539-001
65539-001
X381,3118
X381,3118
X381,3118
X381,3118
AlOQ1125
AIOQ1126
AlOQ1127
AIOQ1221
AlOQ1222
AlOR1321
151-0254-00
151-0254-00
151-0254-00
151-0254-00
151-0254-00
315-0103-00
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1OK OHM,5%,0 .25W
03508
03508
03508
03508
03508
01121
X381,3118
X381,3118
X381,3118
X381,3118
X381,3118
CB1035
AlOS1111
AlOS1111
AlOS1112
AlOS1112
AlOS1113
AlOS1113
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-3 .5
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
AlOS1114
AlOS1114
AlOS1131
AlOS1131
AlOS1132
AlOS1132
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
AlOS1133
AlOS1133
AlOS1134
AlOS1134
AlOS1211
AlOS1211
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
AlOS1212
AlOS1212
AlOS1213
AlOS1213
AlOS1214
AlOS1214
263-0019-03
263-0019-38
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
263-0019-03
263-0019-38
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
AlOS1221
AlOS1221
AlOS1222
AlOS1222
AlOS1223
AlOS1223
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-O1
263-0019-35
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-Ul
263-0019-35
AlOS1224
AlOS1224
AlOS1231
AlOS1231
AlOS1232
AlOs1232
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
AlOS1233
AlOS1233
AlOS1234
AlOS1234
AlOS1311
AlOS1311
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
AlOS1312
AlOS1312
AlOS1313
263-0019-30
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
80009
80009
80009
263-0019-35
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
Replaceable Electrical Parts-DC 510
Component No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
Name & Description
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
AlOS1313
AlOS1314
AlOS1314
AlOS1321
AlOS1321
AlOS1322
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-03
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-03
AlOS1322
AlOS1323
AlOS1323
AlOS1324
AlOS1324
AlOS1331
263-0019-38
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-03
263-0019-38
263-0019-01
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
SWITCH PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
263-0019-38
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-03
263-0019-38
263-0019-01
AlOS1331
AlOS1332
AlOS1332
AlOS1333
AlOS1333
AlOS1334
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-04
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
B010240
B010100 B010239
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
ACTR ASSY,PB :MOMENTARY
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
263-0019-35
263-0019-01
263-0019-35
263-UO19-01
263-0019-35
263-0019-04
AlOS1334
AlOU1121
263-0019-37
156-0799-00
B010240
SWITCH,PB ASSY :MOMENTARY
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DECADE CNTR/DTV
80009
80009
263-0019-37
156-0799-OU
Replaceable Electrical Parts-DC 510
Component No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
Name & Description
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
A12
A12AT1505
A12AT1533
A12C1003
A120004
A12CIO05
----- -----
307-1012-00
307-1012-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
CKT BOARD ASSY :ANALOG
ATTENUATOR,FXD :5X
ATTENUATOR,FXD :5X
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
80009
80009
72982
72982
72982
307-1012-00
307-1012-00
8121N075X7RO103M
8121N075X7RO103M
8121NO75X7RO103M
A12CIO10
A12C1011
A12CIO12
A12CIO13
A12C1014
A12C1015
281-0808-00
283-0220-00
281-0773-00
283-0220-00
290-0776-00
290-0776-00
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :7PF,20%,IOOV
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .01UF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :22UF,+50 -10%,10V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :22UF,+50-10%,10V
72982
72982
04222
72982
55680
55680
8035D9AAD000709G
8121N075X7RO103M
GC70-IC103K
8121NO75X7RO103M
IOULA22V-T
IOULA22V-T
A12CIO20
A12C1021
A12C1022
A12CIO23
A12CIO24
A12C1025
281-0770-00
281-0773-00
281-0773-00
281-0773-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
DI :O .OOIUF,20%,100V
DI :O .OIUF,10%,IOOV
DI :O .O1UF,10%,100V
DI :O .OIUF,10%,100V
DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
72982
04222
04222
04222
72982
72982
8035D9AADX5R102M
GC70-1C103K
GC70-1CIO3K
GC70-1CIO3K
8121N075X7RO103M
8121NO75X7RO103M
A12C1030
A12CIO31
A12CIO32
A12CIO34
A12CI107
A12CII08
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
281-0798-00
290-0782-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .22UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .22UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :51PF,1%,IOOV
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :4 .7UF,+75 -10%,35V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
04222
04222
04222
55680
72982
72982
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
MCIOIA51OG
35ULA4R7V-T
8121N075X7RO103M
8121N075X7RO103M
A12CI110
A12CII13
A12CII14
A12C1118
A12C1120
A12CII21
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
281-0770-00
281-0810-00
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
72982
72982
72982
72982
72982
72982
8121N075X7RO103M
8121NO75X7RO103M
8121N075X7RO103M
8121N075X7RO103M
8035D9AADX5R102M
1035D2AD000569D
A12CII22
A12CII23
A12C1130
A12CII31
A12C1140
A12CI200
281-0773-00
283-0220-00
281-0810-00
290-0782-00
281-0773-00
283-0220-00
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .01UF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :5 .6PF,0 .5%,100V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :4 .7UF,+75 -10%,35V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OIUF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
04222
72982
72982
55680
04222
72982
GC70-1C103K
8121N075X7RO103M
1035D2AD000569D
35ULA4R7V-T
GC70-1C103K
8121N075X7RUIU3M
A12CI201
A12C1210
A12CI211
A12C1212
A12CI213
A12C1220
283-0220-00
290-0776-00
290-0776-00
290-0782-00
290-0776-00
290-0782-00
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :22UF,+50- 10%,10V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :22UF,+50-10%,IOV
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :4 .7UF,+75 - 10%,35V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :22UF,+50-10%,IOV
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :4 .7UF,+75 - 10%,35V
72982
55680
55680
55680
55680
55680
8121NO75X7RO103M
l0ULA22V-T
l0ULA22V-T
35ULA4R7V-T
l0ULA22V-T
35ULA4R7V-T
A12CI221
A12CI230
A12CI231
A12CI233
A12CI234
A12CI303
290-0782-00
290-0776-00
290-0782-00
290-0776-00
290-0776-00
283-0220-00
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :4 .7UF,+75 -10%,35V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :22UF,+50 -10%,IOV
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :4 .7UF,+75 -10%,35V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :22UF,+50 -10%,IOV
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :22UF,+50 -10%,10V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .01UF,20%,50V
55680
55680
55680
55680
55680
72982
35ULA4R7V-T
l0ULA22V-T
35ULA4R7V-T
IOULA22V-T
l0ULA22V-T
8121N075X7RO103M
A12C1304
A12CI312
A12C1313
A12CI317
A12C1319
A12C1322
283-0220-00
283-0094-00
281-0814-00
283-0220-00
283-0260-00
283-0220-00
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
DI :27PF,10%,200V
DI :l00PF,10%,IOOV
DI :0 .01UF,20%,50V
DI :5 .6PF,5%,200V
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
72982
72982
04222
72982
72982
72982
8121NO75X7RO103M
835-583-COG0270K
GC70-1-AIOIK
8121N075X7RO103M
811IB2000OG569C
8121N075X7RO103M
A12C1323
A12C1330
A12CI331
283-0220-00
283-0094-00
281-0814-00
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :27PF,10%,200V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :100PF,10%,IOOV
72982
72982
04222
8121N075X7R0103M
835-583-COG0270K
GC70-1-AlOlK
DI :0 .01UF,20%,50V
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
DI :0 .01UF,20%,50V
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
DI :O .OOIUF,20%,100V
DI :5 .6PF,0 .5%,100V
Replaceable Electrical Parts-DC 510
Component No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dsc ont
Name & Description
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
DI :5 .6PF,5%,200V
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
DI :51PF,5%,200V
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
DI :O .IUF,20%,50V
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
72982
72982
72982
72982
72982
72982
812IN075X7RO103M
8111B2000OG569C
8121N075X7RO103M
8121B2320000510J
8121N075X7RO103M
8005D9AABZ5U104M
A12CI333
A12C1339
A12C1401
A12CI403
A12CI405
A12C1412
283-0220-00
283-0260-00
283-0220-00
283-0107-00
283-0220-00
281-0775-00
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
A12C1413
A12CI414
A12CI415
A12CI425
A12C1432
A12CI435
283-0220-00
290-0776-00
281-0775-00
283-0107-00
281-0775-00
283-0220-00
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :22UF,+50- 10%,10V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :51PF,5%,200V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .01UF,20%,50V
72982
55680
72982
72982
72982
72982
8121N075X7RO103M
l0ULA22V-T
8005D9AABZ5U104M
812IB2320000510J
8005D9AABZ5UI04M
8121N075X7RO103M
A12CI500
A12C1501
A12CI502
A12CI503
A120504
A12CI506
290-0782-00
281-0770-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0185-00
283-0220-00
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :4 .7UF,+75 -10%,35V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OOIUF,20%,IOOV
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .01UF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :2 .5PF,5%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
55680
72982
72982
72982
72982
72982
35ULA4R7V-T
8035D9AADXSRIU2M
8121NO75X7RO103M
8121NO75X7RO103M
8101BO57COK0295B
8121N075X7RO103M
A120507
A120509
A12C1512
A12CI513
A12C1514
A12CI515
283-0220-00
283-0160-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
72982
72982
72982
72982
72982
72982
8121N075X7RO103M
810lAO58COK159B
8121N075X7RO103M
812IN075X7RO103M
8121N075X7RO103M
8121N075X7RO103M
A12CI516
A12C1517
A12CI518
A12C1519
A12C1520
A12CI521
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0252-00
283-0220-00
290-0782-00
281-0770-00
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .01UF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :1000PF,10%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :4 .7UF,+75 - 10%,35V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OOIUF,20%,IOOV
72982
72982
04222
72982
55680
72982
8121NO75X7RO103M
812IN075X7RO103M
ULA105C102K2T60
8121NO75X7RO103M
35ULA4R7V-T
8035D9AADX5R102M
A12C1522
A12C1523
A12CI524
A12CI525
A12C1527
A12C1530
283-0220-00
281-0773-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0160-00
283-0220-00
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
72982
04222
72982
72982
72982
72982
8121NO75X7RO103M
GC70-IC103K
8121N075X7RO103M
8121N075X7RO103M
8IOlAO58COK159B
8121N075X7RO103M
A12C1531
A12CI532
A12C1533
A12CI535
A12CI536
A12CI537
290-0776-00
281-0775-00
283-0185-00
283-0252-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT :22UF,+50- 10%,10V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :2 .5PF,5%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :l000PF,10%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
55680
72982
72982
04222
72982
72982
l0ULA22V-T
8005D9AABZ5UIU4M
8101BO57COK0295B
ULA105C102K2T6O
8121NO75X7RO103M
8121N075X7RO103M
A12C1538
A12C1539
A120601
A12C1607
A12C1610
A12CI611
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
281-0773-00
283-0220-00
283-0410-00
283-0220-00
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
DI :0 .01UF,20%,50V
DI :O .OIUF,10%,100V
DI :0 .01UF,20%,50V
DI :O .022UF,10%,500V
DI :0 .01UF,20%,50V
72982
72982
04222
72982
91293
72982
8121N075X7RO103M
8121N075X7RO103M
GC70-1003K
8121NO75X7RO103M
50154BW223KBS
8121N075X7RO103M
A12C1612
A12C1613
A12C1614
A12CI615
A12C1616
A120617
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
DI :0 .01UF,20%,50V
72982
72982
72982
72982
72982
72982
8121N075X7RO103M
8121N075X7RO103M
812IN075X7RO103M
812IN075X7RO103M
8121N075X7RO103M
8121NO75X7RO103M
A12C1620
A120621
A12C1622
283-0410-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
CAP .,FXDK,CER DI :0 .022UF,10%,500V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .01UF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .01UF,20%,50V
91293
72982
72982
501548W223KBS
8121NO75X7RO103M
8121NO75X7RO103M
DI :0 .01UF,20%,50V
DI :1 .5PF,10%,50V
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
DI :O .O1UF,10%,IOOV
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
DI :1 .5PF,10%,50V
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
Replaceable Electrical Parts-DC 510
Component No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
Name & Description
Mfr
Code Mfr Part Number
A12C1623
A12C1624
A12C1625
A12C1626
A12C1631
A12C1632
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
281-0773-00
283-0220-00
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
DI :O .O1UF,10%,100V
DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
72982
72982
72982
72982
04222
72982
8121NO75X7RO103M
8121N075X7RO103M
8121NO75X7RO103M
8121N075X7RO103M
GC70-1C103K
8121N075X7RO103M
A12C1633
A12C1634
A12C1635
A12C1636
A12C1637
A12C1639
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
283-0220-00
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
DI :O .OIUF,20%,50V
DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
72982
72982
72982
72982
72982
72982
8121N075X7RO103M
8121N075X7RO103M
8121NO75X7RO103M
8121N075X7RO103M
8121N075X7RO103M
8121N075X7RO103M
A12CR1111
A12CR1130
A12CR1200
A12CR1201
A12CR1220
A12CR1300
152-0141-02
152-0269-00
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0322-00
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,VAR VCAP .,4V,33PF
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,15V,HOT CARRIER
01295
80009
01295
01295
01295
50434
1N4152R
152-0269-00
1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R
5082-2672
A12CR1310
A12CR1311
A12CR1320
A12CR1330
A12CR1331
A12CR1332
152-0322-00
152-0141-02
152-0322-00
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0322-00
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
:SILICON,15V,HOT CARRIER
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,15V,HOT CARRIER
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,15V,HOT CARRIER
50434
01295
50434
01295
01295
50434
5082-2672
1N4152R
5082-2672
1N4152R
1N4152R
5082-2672
A12CR1400
A12CR1401
A12CR1410
A12CR1411
A12CR1420
A12CR1430
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0536-00
152-0536-00
152-0141-02
152-0536-00
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,HOT CARRIER,4V
:SILICON,HOT CARRIER,4V
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,HOT CARRIER,4V
01295
01295
80009
80009
01295
80009
1N4152R
1N4152R
152-0536-00
152-0536-00
1N4152R
152-0536-00
A12CR1431
A12CR1510
A12CR1511
A12CR1512
A12CR1513
A12CR1520
152-0536-00
152-0322-00
152-0322-00
1 .52-0246-00
152-0246-00
152-0141-02
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
:SILICON,HOT CARRIER,4V
:SILICON,15V,HOT CARRIER
:SILICON,15V,HOT CARRIER
:SW,SI,40V,200MA
:SW,SI,40V,200MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
80009
50434
50434
03508
03508
01295
152-0536-00
5082-2672
5082-2672
DE140
DE140
1N4152R
A12CR1530
A12CR1531
A12CR1532
A12CR1533
A12DL500
A12J500
152-0322-00
152-0322-00
152-0246-00
152-0246-00
119-1367-00
131-1097-00
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,15V,HOT CARRIER
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,15V,HOT CARRIER
SEMICOND DEVICE :SW,SI,40V,200MA
SEMICOND DEVICE :SW,SI,40V,200MA
DELAY LINE,ELEC :4 NAO SEC,50 OHM
CONNECTOR,RCPT, :BNC,FEMALE,CKT BOARD MT
50434
50434
03508
03508
80009
24931
5082-2672
5082-2672
DE140
DE140
119-1367-00
28JR220-2
A12J510
A12J1010
A12J1102
A12J1130
A12J1201
A12J1230
131-1097-00
131-2651-00
131-2651-00
131-1003-00
131-1003-00
131-2132-01
CONNECTOR,RCPT, :BNC,FEMALE,CKT BOARD MT
CONN,RCPT,ELEC :HEADER,1 X 36,0 .1 CTR
CONN,RCPT,ELEC :HEADER,1 X 36,0 .1 CTR
CONN,RCPT,ELEC :CKT BD MT,3 PRONG
CONN,RCPT,ELEC :CKT BD MT,3 PRONG
CONN,RCPT,ELEC :HEADER,1 X 36,01 CTR
24931
22526
22526
80009
80009
22526
28JR220-2
65510-436
65510-436
131-1003-00
131-1003-00
65506-436
A12J1400
A12J1420
A12J1510
A12J1520
A12K1500
A12K1510
131-2132-01
131-2132-01
131-2651-00
131-2651-00
148-0128-00
148-0128-00
CONN,RCPT,ELEC
CONN,RCPT,ELEC
CONN,RCPT,ELEC
CONN,RCPT,ELEC
RELAY,ARMATURE
RELAY,ARMATURE
36,01 CTR
36,01 CTR
36,0 .1 CTR
36,0 .1 CTR
1 FORM Y,SVDC
1 FORM Y,8VDC
22526
22526
22526
22526
80009
80009
65506-436
65506-436
65510-436
65510-436
148-0128-00
148-0128-00
A12K1511
A12K1520
A12K1521
148-0128-00
148-0128-00
148-0128-00
RELAY,ARMATURE :1 FORM X & 1 FORM Y,8VDC
RELAY,ARMATURE :1 FORM X & 1 FORM Y,8VDC
RELAY,ARMATURE :1 FORM X & 1 FORM Y,8VDC
80009
80009
80009
148-0128-00
148-0128-00
148-0128-00
:HEADER,1
:HEADER,l
:HEADER,1
:HEADER,1
:1 FORM X
:1 FORM X
X
X
X
X
&
&
Replaceable Electrical Parts-DC 510
Component No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
Name & Description
:1
:1
:1
:1
:2
:1
FORM
FORM
FORM
FORM
FORM
FORM
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
A12K1530
A12K1600
A12K1610
A12K1611
A12K1612
A12K1620
148-0128-00
148-0128-00
148-0128-00
148-0128-00
148-0108-00
148-0128-00
RELAY,ARMATURE
RELAY,ARMATURE
RELAY,ARMATURE
RELAY,ARMATURE
RELAY,ARMATURE
RELAY,ARMATURE
X & 1 FORM Y,8VDC
X & 1 FORM Y,8VDC
X & 1 FORM Y,8VDC
X & 1 FORM Y,8VDC
C,5VDC COIL,2A
X & 1 FORM Y,8VDC
80009
80009
80009
80009
11532
80009
148-0128-00
148-0128-00
148-0128-00
148-0128-00
720-5
148-0128-00
A12K1630
A12K1631
A12K1632
A12L1009
A12L1120
A12L1220
148-0128-00
148-0128-00
148-0108-00
108-0436-00
120-0382-00
108-0245-00
RELAY,ARMATURE :1 FORM X & 1 FORM Y,8VDC
RELAY,ARMATURE :1 FORM X & 1 FORM Y,8VDC
RELAY,ARMATURE :2 FORM C,5VDC COIL,2A
COIL,RF :FIXED,240NH
XFMR,TOROID :14 TURNS,SINGLE
COIL,RF :3 .9UH
80009
80009
11532
80009
80009
76493
148-0128-00
148-0128-00
720-5
108-0436-00
120-0382-00
B6310-1
A12L1221
A12L1230
A12L1231
A12L1232
A12L1233
A12L1302
108-0245-00
108-024.5-00
108-0245-00
108-0245-00
108-0245-00
108-0245-00
COIL,RF :3 .9UH
COIL,RF :3 .9UH
COIL,RF :3 .9UH
COIL,RF :3 .9UH
COIL,RF :3 .9UH
COIL,RF :3 .9UH
76493
76493
76493
76493
76493
76493
B6310-1
B6310-1
B6310-1
B6310-1
B6310-1
B6310-1
A12L1310
A12L1311
A12L1312
A12L1322
A12L1330
A12L1331
108-0262-00
108-0262-00
108-0245-00
108-0245-00
108-0262-00
108-0262-00
COIL,RF :FIXED,510MH
COIL,RF :FIXED,510MH
COIL,RF :3 .9UH
COIL,RF :3 .9UH
COIL,RF :FIXED,510MH
COIL,RF :FIXED,510MH
80009
80009
76493
76493
80009
80009
108-0262-00
108-0262-00
B6310-1
B6310-1
108-0262-00
108-0262-00
A12L1332
A12L1410
A12L1430
A12Q1000
A12Q1100
A12Q1110
108-0245-00
108-0245-00
108-0245-00
151-0188-00
151-0190-00
151-0188-00
COIL,RF :3 .9UH
COIL,RF :3 .9UH
COIL,RF :3 .9UH
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON ;PNP
76493
76493
76493
04713
07263
04713
B6310-1
B6310-1
B6310-1
SPS6868K
5032677
SPS6868K
A12Q1111
A12Q1112
A12Q1114
A12Q1122
A12Q1130
A12Q1200
151-0188-00
151-0220-00
151-0220-00
151-0369-00
151-0369-00
151-0190-00
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
:SILICON,PNP
:SILICON,PNP
:SILICON,PNP
:SILICON,PNP
:SILICON,PNP
:SILICON,NPN
04713
07263
07263
01295
01295
07263
SPS6868K
5036228
5036228
SKA6664
SKA6664
S032677
A12Q1201
A12Q1202
A12Q1203
A12Q1204
A12Q1210
A12Q1211
151-0341-00
151-0341-00
151-0369-00
151-0369-00
151-0341-00
151-0341-00
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
:SILICON,NPN
:SILICON,NPN
:SILICON,PNP
:SILICON,PNP
:SILICON,NPN
:SILICON,NPN
07263
07263
01295
01295
07263
07263
5040065
S040065
SKA6664
SKA6664
S040065
S040065
A12Q1220
A12Q1221
A12Q1222
A12Q1300
A12Q1301
A12Q1302
151-0341-00
151-0341-00
151-0369-00
151-0369-00
151-0369-00
151-0369-00
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
:SILICON,NPN
:SILICON,NPN
:SILICON,PNP
:SILICON,PNP
:SILICON,PNP
:SILICON,PNP
07263
07263
01295
01295
01295
01295
S040065
S040065
SKA6664
SKA6664
SKA6664
SKA6664
A12Q1303
A12Q1320
A12Q1321
A12Q1322
A12Q1323
A12Q1400
151-0427-00
151-0369-00
151-0369-00
151-0369-00
151-0427-00
151-0427-00
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
80009
01295
01295
01295
80009
80009
151-0427-00
SKA6664
SKA6664
SKA6664
151-0427-UO
151-0427-00
A12Q1401
A12Q1402
A12Q1403
151-0427-00
151-0427-00
151-0427-00
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
80009
80009
80009
151-0427-UU
151-0427-00
151-0427-00
Replaceable Electrical Parts-DC 510
Component No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
Name & Description
Mfr
Code Mfr Part Number
A12QI410
A12QI420
A12QI421
A12Q1422
A12Q1423
A12Q1430
151-1117-00
151-0427-00
151-0427-00
151-0427-00
151-0427-00
151-1117-00
TRANSISTOR :FE,DUAL,N -CHANNEL,SI
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :FE,DUAL,N -CHANNEL,SI
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
151-1117-00
151-0427-00
151-0427-00
151-0427-00
151-0427-00
151-1117-00
A12R1000
A12R1001
A12RIO02
A12RIO03
A12R1004
A12RIO05
315-0750-00
315-0132-00
315-0750-00
315-0472-00
307-0546-00
315-0750-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:75 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:1 .3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :75 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :4 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES NTWK,FXD FI :5,75 OHM,5%,0 .15W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :75 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
01121
91637
01121
CB7505
CB1325
CB7505
CB4725
MSP06AO1750J
CB7505
A12R1006
A12R1007
A12RIO08
A12RIO09
A12RIO10
A12R1013
315-0510-00
315-0750-00
315-0750-00
315-0750-00
315-0750-00
315-0132-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :75 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:75 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :75 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :75 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1 .3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
CB5105
CB7505
CB7505
CB7505
CB7505
CB1325
A12R1014
A12R1015
A12R1016
A12RIO17
A12RIO18
A12R1019
315-0391-00
315-0430-00
315-0132-00
315-0391-00
315-0430-00
315-0391-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:390 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :43 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1 .3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :390 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :43 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :390 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
CB3915
CB4305
CB1325
CB3915
CB4305
CB3915
A12RIO20
A12R1021
A12RIO22
A12RIO23
A12R1030
A12R1031
315-0153-00
315-0361-00
315-0391-00
315-0391-00
315-0393-00
315-0912-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :15K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :360 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :390 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :390 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :39K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :9 .1K OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
CB1535
CB3615
CB3915
CB3915
CB3935
CB9125
A12R1032
A12RIO33
A12R1034
A12RIO35
A12RIO36
A12RIO37
315-0113-00
315-0113-00
315-0361-00
315-0333-00
315-0361-00
315-0113-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:IIK
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:11K
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:360
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :33K
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :360
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IIK
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
CB1135
CB1135
CB3615
CB3335
CB3615
CB1135
A12RI101
A12R1102
A12RI103
A12R1104
A12R1105
A12RI106
315-0512-00
315-0472-00
315-0102-00
307-0546-00
315-0102-00
315-0472-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :5 .lK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:4 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES NTWK,FXD FI :5,75 OHM,5%,0 .15W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :4 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
91637
01121
01121
CB5125
CB4725
CB1025
MSP06AO1750J
CB1025
CB4725
A12R1107
A12R1108
A12RI109
A12RI110
A12RI112
A12R1113
321-0085-00
321-0085-00
315-0750-00
315-0102-00
321-0085-00
315-0750-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :75 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :75 OHM,l%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :75 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :75 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :75 OHM,5%,0 .25W
91637
91637
01121
01121
91637
01121
MFF1816G75ROOF
MFF1816G75ROOF
CB7505
CB1025
MFF1816G75ROOF
CB7505
A12RI116
A12RI117
A12RI118
A12R1119
A12R1120
A12RI121
315-0391-00
315-0750-00
315-0101-00
315-0750-00
321-0193-00
315-0101-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:390 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:75 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :75 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :IK OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
01121
91637
01121
CB3915
CB7505
CB1015
CB7505
MFF1816GI000OF
CB1015
A12RI122
A12R1123
A12RI124
307-0489-00
315-0510-00
315-0201-00
RES,NTWK,FXD,FI :100 OHM,20%,1W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :200 OHM,5%,0 .25W
32997
01121
01121
43088-101-101
CE5105
CB2015
_
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
Replaceable Electrical Parts-DC 510
Component No.
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
N ame & Description
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
91637
91637
01121
01121
01121
01121
MFF1816G28000F
MFF1816G40200F
CB7515
CB1015
CB4315
CB6205
A12RI125
A12R1126
A12R1127
A12R1128
A12RI130
A12RI131
321-0236-00
321-0251-00
315-0751-00
315-0101-00
315-0431-00
315-0620-00
RES . ,FXD,FILM:2 .8K OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :4 .02K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :750 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :430 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :62 OHM,5%,0 .25W
A12RI132
A12RI133
A12R1140
A12RI200
A12R1201
A12R1202
315-0620-00
315-0620-00
315-0102-00
315-0302-00
321-0236-00
315-0201-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :62 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :62 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .8K OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
01121
91637
01121
CB6205
CB6205
CB1025
CB3025
MFF1816G28000F
CB2015
A12R1203
A12R1204
A12RI205
A12R1206
A12RI207
A12R1208
315-0101-00
315-0510-00
321-0251-00
321-0235-00
321-0173-00
315-0470-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :4 .02K OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .74K OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :619 OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
91637
91637
91637
01121
CB1015
CB5105
MFF1816G40200F
MFF1816G27400F
MFF1816G619ROF
CB4705
A12R1209
A12R1211
A12RI212
A12R1213
A12RI214
A12R1215
315-0470-00
321-0193-00
315-0271-00
321-0256-00
321-0203-00
321-0010-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :IK OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :270 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :4 .53K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :1 .27K OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :12 .4 OHM,I%,0 .125W
01121
91637
01121
91637
91637
91637
CB4705
MFF1816GI000OF
CB2715
MFF1816G4530UF
MFF1816GI270OF
MFF1816G12R40F
A12R1216
A12R1217
A12R1218
A12RI220
A12R1221
A12R1222
321-0068-00
321-0085-00
321-0193-00
321-0193-00
315-0620-00
315-0302-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :49 .9 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :75 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :IK OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :IK OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :62 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
91637
91637
91637
91637
01121
01121
MFF1816G49R90F
MFF1816G75ROOF
MFF1816GI000OF
MFF1816GI000OF
CB6205
CB3025
A12R1223
A12R1224
A12RI225
A12RI226
A12R1230
A12RI231
321-0235-00
321-0173-00
315-0470-00
315-0470-00
321-0256-00
321-0203-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .74K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :619 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :4 .53K OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :1 .27K OHM,I%,0 .125W
91637
91637
01121
01121
91637
91637
MFF1816G27400F
MFF1816G619ROF
CB4705
CB4705
MFF1816G45300F
MFF1816G12700F
A12R1233
A12R1234
A12R1300
A12RI301
A12R1302
A12R1303
321-0068-00
321-0010-00
315-0101-00
321-0097-00
315-0470-00
315-0470-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :49 .9 OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :12 .4 OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :100 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
91637
91637
01121
91637
01121
01121
MFF1816G49R90F
MFF1816G12R40F
CB1015
MFF1816G100ROF
CB4705
CB4705
A12RI304
A12RI305
A12R1306
A12R1307
A12RI308
A12R1309
321-0097-00
321-0173-00
321-0235-00
321-0207-00
321-0193-00
321-0138-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :100 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :619 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .74K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :1 .4K OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :IK OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :267 OHM,I%,0 .125W
91637
91637
91637
91637
91637
91637
MFF1816G100ROF
MFF1816G619ROF
MFF1816G27400F
MFF1816G14000F
MFF1816GI000OF
MFF1816G267ROF
A12R1313
A12R1314
A12R1315
A12R1316
A12RI317
A12RI318
321-0068-00
315-0302-00
315-0302-00
321-0239-00
321-0239-00
315-0102-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :49 .9 OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :3 .O1K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :3 .O1K OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
91637
01121
01121
91637
91637
01121
MFF1816G49R90F
CB3025
CB3025
MFF1816G30100F
MFF1816G30100F
CB1025
A12RI319
A12RI320
A12R1321
315-0101-00
321-0097-00
315-0470-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :100 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
91637
01121
CB1015
MFF1816GIOUROF
CB4705
Replaceable Electrical Parts-DC 510
Component No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
Name & Description
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
CB4705
MFF1816G100ROF
MFF1816G619ROF
MFF1816G27400F
MFF1816G14000F
MFF1816GI000OF
A12RI322
A12R1323
A12RI324
A12R1325
A12R1326
A12R1327
315-0470-00
321-0097-00
321-0173-00
321-0235-00
321-0207-00
321-0193-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :100 OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :619 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .74K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :1 .4K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :IK OHM,1%,0 .125W
01121
91637
91637
91637
91637
91637
A12R1328
A12R1329
A12R1331
A12R1332
A12R1333
A12R1334
321-0138-00
315-0101-00
315-0271-00
321-0068-00
315-0302-00
315-0302-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :267 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:270 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :49 .9 OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
91637
01121
01121
91637
01121
01121
MFF1816G267ROF
CB1015
CB2715
MFF1816G49R90F
CB3025
CB3025
A12R1335
A12R1336
A12RI337
A12RI339
A12R1400
A12R1401
321-0239-00
321-0239-00
315-0102-00
315-0101-00
321-0259-00
321-0186-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :3 .O1K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :3 .01K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :4 .87K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :845 OHM,1%,0 .125W
91637
91637
01121
01121
91637
91637
MFF1816G30100F
MFF1816G30100F
CB1025
CB1015
MFF1816G48700F
MFF1816G845ROF
A12R1402
A12R1403
A12R1404
A12R1405
A12RI406
A12RI407
315-0510-00
315-0510-00
315-0103-00
317-0150-00
317-0150-00
307-0488-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IOK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :15 OHM,5%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :15 OHM,5%,0 .125W
RES,NTWK,FXD,FI :100 OHM,20%,0 .75W
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
CB5105
CB5105
CB1035
BB1505
BB1505
206A101
A12R140'8
A12R1409
A12R1411
A12R1412
A12RI413
A12RI417
315-0470-00
315-0470-00
315-0101-00
315-0101-00
315-0102-00
307-0514-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :27 OHM,1%,0 .075W
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
52262
CB4705
CB4705
CB1015
CB1015
CB1025
MCRA270FYZ
A12R1420
A12R1421
A12RI422
A12RI423
A12R1424
A12RI425
321-0186-00
315-0510-00
315-0510-00
321-0259-00
315-0103-00
317-0150-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :845 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :4 .87K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1OK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:15 OHM,5%,0 .125W
91637
01121
01121
91637
01121
01121
MFF1816G845ROF
CB5105
CB5105
MFF1816G48700F
CB1035
BB1505
A12R1426
A12RI427
A12R1428
A12R1429
A12R1432
A12R1433
317-0150-00
307-0488-00
315-0470-00
315-0470-00
315-0101-00
315-0101-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:15 OHM,5%,0 .125W
RES,NTWK,FXD,FI :100 OHM,20%,0 .75W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
BB1505
206A101
CB4705
CB4705
CB1015
CB1015
A12R1434
A12R1438
A12R1500
A12RI501
A12RI502
A12RI503
315-0102-00
307-0514-00
321-0199-00
321-0256-00
315-0203-00
315-0510-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :27 OHM,1%,0 .075W
RES .,FXD,FILM :1 .15K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :4 .53K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:20K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
52262
91637
91637
01121
01121
CB1025
MCRA270FYZ
MFF1816G1150OF
MFF1816G45300F
CB2035
CB5105
A12R1504
A12R1506
A12RI507
A12R1510
A12R1511
A12R1512
321-0481-00
317-0361-00
317-0111-00
317-0.564-00
321-0068-00
315-0103-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :IM OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:360 OHM,5%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:110 OHM,5%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:560K oHM,5%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :49 .9 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0 .25W
24546
01121
01121
01121
91637
01121
NA4D1004F
BB3615
BB1115
BB5645
MFF1816G49R90F
CB1035
A12RI514
A12RI515
A12R1516
323-0107-00
323-0107-00
307-0734-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :127 OHM,1%,0 .50W
RES .,FXD,FILM :127 OHM,1%,0 .50W
RES .,FXD,FILM :200 OHM,1%,0 .5W
75042
75042
03888
CECTO-127OF
CECTO-127OF
PCWT20OX235
Replaceable Electrical Parts-DC 510
Component No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
Name & Description
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
A12R1520
A12RI521
A12RI522
A12RI523
A12RI524
A12RI525
321-0199-00
321-0256-00
315-0203-00
315-0510-00
321-0068-00
315-0103-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :1 .15K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :4 .53K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:20K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :49 .9 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0 .25W
91637
91637
01121
01121
91637
01121
MFF1816G1150OF
MFF1816G4530OF
CB2035
CB5105
MFF1816G49R90F
CB1035
A12R1526
A12R1527
A12R1528
A12R1530
A12R1531
A12RI535
323-0107-00
323-0107-00
307-0734-00
317-0564-00
321-0481-00
317-0111-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :127 OHM,1%,0 .50W
RES .,FXD,FILM :127 OHM,1%,0 .50W
RES .,FXD,FILM :200 OHM,1%,0 .5W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :560K OHM,5%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :IM OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :110 OHM,5%,0 .125W
75042
75042
03888
01121
24546
01121
CECTO-127OF
CECTO-127OF
PCWT200x235
BB5645
NA4D1004F
BB1115
A12R1536
A12R1601
A12R1610
A12R1611
A12R1612
A12R1620
317-0361-00
315-0105-00
315-0390-00
307-0733-00
315-0394-00
315-0394-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :360 OHM,5%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IM OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :39 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :25 OHM,1%,0 .5W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :390K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :390K OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
03888
01121
01121
BB3615
CB1055
CB3905
PCWT20OX235
CB3945
CB3945
A12R1631
A12R1632
A12T1410
A12T1430
A12TP1020
A12TP1310
315-0105-00
315-0390-00
120-0286-00
120=0286-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IM OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :39 OHM,5%,0 .25W
XFMR,TOROID :2 TURNS,BIFILAR
XFMR,TOROID :2 TURNS,BIFILAR
TERM,TEST POINT :BRS CD PL
TERM,TEST POINT :BRS CD PL
01121
01121
80009
80009
80009
80009
CB1055
CB3905
120-0286-00
120-0286-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
A12TP1330
A12U1000
A12UI001
A12U1011
A .12U1020
A12U1021
214-0579-00
156-1031-00
156-1032-00
156-1031-00
156-1449-00
156-0124-00
TERM,TEST POINT :BRS CD PL
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :TRIPLE D FLIPFLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :QUINT 2 OR/NOR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :TRIPLE D FLIPFLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DIVIDE BY 80 150MHZ
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :SGL FREQ/PHASE DETECTOR
80009
07263
80009
07263
52648
80009
214-0579-00
F100131FC
156-1032-00
F100131FC
SP8627DG
156-0124-00
A12U1022
A12U1030
A12U1110
A12U1200
A12U1202
A12U1210
156-1031-00
156-0158-00
156-1032-00
156-0796-00
156-0158-00
156-0494-00
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :TRIPLE D FLIPFLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :QUINT 2 OR/NOR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :8 SIG SHF & STORE BUS RGTR
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :HEX INVERTER/BUFFER
07263
18324
80009
80009
18324
80009
F100131FC
MC1458V
156-1032-00
156-0796-00
MC1458V
156-0494-00
A12U1310
A12UI311
A12U1330
A12U1331
A12VR1412
A12VR1413
155-0253-00
155-0078-10
155-0253-00
155-0078-10
152-0693-00
152-0693-00
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :HIGH SPEED SCHMITT TRIGGER
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :ML,VERTICAL AMPLIFIER
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :HIGH SPEED SCHMITT TRIGGER
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :ML,VERTICAL AMPLIFIER
SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER,0 .4W,4V,5%
SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER,0 .4W,4V,5%
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
155-0253-00
155-0078-10
155-0253-00
155-0078-10
152-0693-00
152-0693-00
A12VR1432
A12VR1433
152-0693-00
152-0693-00
SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER,0 .4W,4V,5%
SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER,0 .4W,4V,5%
80009
80009
152-0693-00
152-0693-00
Replaceable Electrical Parts-DC 510
Component No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Dscont
Eff
Name & Description
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
A16
A16CIO20
A16CIO21
A160022
A16C1023
A16C1101
----- -----
290-0776-00
281-0775-00
290-0746-00
281-0775-00
281-0775-00
CKT BOARD ASSY :DIGITAL
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :22UF,+50-10%,lov
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .IUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :47UF,+50- 10%,16V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .IUF,20%,50V
55680
72982
55680
72982
72982
l0ULA22V -1'
8005D9AABZ5U104M
16U-47V-T
8005D9AABZ5U104M
8005D9AABZ5U104M
A160121
A16CI201
A16CI211
A16C1401
A16C1501
A16C1520
281-0775-00
290-0755-00
281-0775-00
281-0775-00
281-0775-00
281-0773-00
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :100UF,+50 -10%,IOV
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .IUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OIUF,10%,IOOV
72982
56289
72982
72982
72982
04222
8005D9AABZ5U104M
502D223
8005D9AABZ5U104M
8005D9AABZ5U104M
8005D9AABZ5U104M
GC70-1C103K
A16C1601
A16C1610
A16C1621
A16C1721
A16C1722
A16CI723
281-0811-00
281-0775-00
281-0812-00
281-0773-00
290-0776-00
281-0775-00
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :1OPF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :1000PF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OIUF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :22UF,+50-10%,IOV
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .IUF,20%,50V
72982
72982
72982
04222
55680
72982
8035D2AADC1GIUOK
8005D9AABZ5U104M
8035D9AADX7R102K
GC70-1C103K
IOULA22V-T
8005D9AABZ5U104M
A16CI801
A16CI810
A16CRIO01
A16CRIO10
A16CRIO20
A16CR1620
281-0775-00
290-0745-00
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :22UF,+50- 10%,25V
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA
72982
56289
01295
01295
01295
01295
8005D9AABZ5U104M
502D225
1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R
IN4152R
A16CR1720
A16CR1721
A16F1820
A16FI821
A16JI001
A16J1210
152-0066-00
152-0066-00
159-0042-00
159-0015-00
131-1632-00
131-2132-01
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,400V,750MA
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,400V,750MA
FUSE,CARTRIDGE :3AG,0 .75A,250V,FAST -BLOW
FUSE,CARTRIDGE :3AG,3A,250V,FAST-BLOW
CONNECTOR,RCPT, :CKT CD MTG,2000NTACT,FEM
CONN,RCPT,ELEC :HEADER,1 X 36,01 CTR
14433
14433
71400
71400
22526
22526
LG4016
LG4016
AGC 3/4
AGC 3
65001-025
65506-436
A16J1211
A16L1020
A16QI701
A16Q1702
A16QI703
A16QI704
131-2132-01
108-0473-00
151-0188-00
151-0188-00
151-0188-00
151-0188-00
CONN,RCPT,ELEC :HEADER,1 X 36,01 CTR
COIL,RF :150UH
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
22526
80009
04713
04713
04713
04713
65506-436
108-0473-00
SPS6868K
SPS6868K
SPS6868K
SPS6868K
A16Q1720
A16Q1721
A16Q1722
A16QI723
A16R1001
A16RIO02
151-0190-00
151-0432-00
151-0453-00
151-0453-00
315-0200-00
315-0200-00
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :20 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :20 OHM,5%,0 .25W
07263
80009
80009
80009
01121
01121
8032677
151-0432-00
151-0453-00
151-0453-00
CB2005
CB2005
A16R1003
A16R1004
A16R1005
A16RIO06
A16RIO07
A16R1008
307-0106-00
315-0200-00
315-0200-00
315-0200-00
315-0200-00
315-0200-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :4 .7 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :20 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :20 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :20 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:20 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :20 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
CB47G5
CB2005
CB2005
CB2005
CB2005
CB2005
A16RIO09
A16RIO10
A16R1011
A16RIO12
A16R1013
A16RIO14
315-0200-00
315-0100-00
315-0100-00
315-0100-00
315-0100-00
307-0675-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :20 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :10 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :10 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :10 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :10 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES NTWK,FXD,FI :9,1K OHM,2%,1 .25W
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
CB2005
CB1005
CB1005
CB1005
CB1005
210A102
A16RIO21
A16RIO22
A16R1103
315-0102-00
315-0222-00
315-0105-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IM OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
CB1025
CB2225
CB1055
Replaceable ElecWal Parts-DC 510
Component No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
Name & Description
Mfr
Code Mfr Part Number
A16R1201
A16R1202
A16RI203
A16R1204
A16R1205
A16R1206
321-0311-00
321-0318-00
321-0275-00
321-0275-00
315-0102-00
315-0103-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :16 .9K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :20K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :7 .15K OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :7 .15K OHM,1X,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:IOK OHM,5%,0 .25W
91637
91637
91637
91637
01121
01121
MFF1816G16901F
MFF1816G20001F
MFF1816G71500F
MFF1816G71500F
CB1025
CB1035
A16RI207
A16RI208
A16R1209
A16RI210
A16R1220
A16R1301
315-0103-00
315-0103-00
315-0103-00
307-0446-00
315-0102-00
315-0103-00
,RES .,FXD,CMPSN:IOK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:1OK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:1OK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES,NTWK,FXD FI :IOK OHM,20%,(9) RES
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IOK OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
91637
01121
01121
CB1035
CB1035
CB1035
MSPIOAOI-103M
CB1025
CB1035
A16R1420
A16RI520
A16R1521
A16RI601
A16RI620
A16R1621
307-0446-00
315-0393-00
315-0104-00
315-0303-00
315-0362-00
315-0272-00 .
RES,NTWK,FXD FI :1OK OHM,20%,(9) RES
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :39K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IOOK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :30K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :3 .6K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:2 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
91637
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
KSPlOA01-103M
CB3935
CB1045
CB3035
CB3625
CB2725
A16RI622
A16RI701
A16R1702
A16R1703
A16R1710
A16R1711
315-0202-00
315-0560-00
315-0560-00
307=0541-00
315-0132-00
315-0132-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:56 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:56 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES,NTWK,THK FI :(7)1K OHM,1O%,1W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:1 .3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:1 .3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
91637
01121
01121
CB2025
CB5605
CB5605
MSP08AO1-102G
CB1325
CB1325
A16RI712
A16RI713
A16R1714
A16RI715
A16RI716
A16R1717
315-0362-00
315-0132-00
315-0132-00
315-0132-00
315-0201-00
315-0201-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:3 .6K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:1 .3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:1 .3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:1 .3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:200 .OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
CB3625
CB1325
CB1325
CB1325
CB2015
CB2015
A16R1718
A16R1719
A16RI720
A16R1721
A16R1722
A16R1724
308-0677-00
315-0102-00
315-0101-00
315-0152-00
315-0132-00
321-0231-00
RES .,FXD,WW :1 OHM,5%,2W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1 .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1 .3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .49K OHK,I%,0 .125W
75042
01121
01121
01121
01121
91637
BWH-1R000J
CB1025
CB1015
CB1525
CB1325
MFF1816G24900F
A16R1725
A16RI726
A16RI727
A16R1728
A16R1820
A16RI821
321-0231-00
315-0102-00
321-0231-00
308-0244-00
315-0102-00
321-0297-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .49K OHM,I%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILX :2 .49K OHM,1X,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,WW :0 .3 OHM,10%,2W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :12 .1K OHM,1%,0 .125W
91637
01121
91637
91637
01121
91637
MFF1816G2490OF
CB1025
MFF1816G24900F
RS2B162ER3000K
CB1025
MFF1816G12101F
A16S1210
A16TP1410
A16TP1411
A16TP1420
A16U1101
A16UI102
260-1589-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
156-1243-00
156-0411-00
SWITCH,PUSH :(6)SPST,O .IA,5V
TERM,TEST POINT :BRS CD PL
TERM,TF,ST POINT :BRS CD PL
TERM,TEST POINT :BRS CD PL
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :BCD-TO-7 SEGMENT DECODER
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :QUAD-COMP,SGL SUPPLY
00779
80009
80009
80009
80009
27014
435166-4
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
156-1243-00
LM339N
A16U1110
A16UI111
A16U1112
A16U1113
A16UI114
A16UI115
156-1245-00
156-0391-00
156-0391-00
156-1172-00
156-0576-00
156-0579-00
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :7 XSTR,HV/HIGH CUR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :HEX LATCH WITH CLEAR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :HEX LATCH WITH CLEAR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DUAL 4 BIT BIN CNTR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :8 BIT PRL IMP-SERIAL OUTPT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DUAL 4-BIT BIN COUNTER
04713
04713
04713
80009
04713
04713
MC1413PDS
74LS174(N OR J)
74LS174(N OR J)
156-1172-00
MC1402IBCL
MC14520BCL
A16U1120
A16UI121
A16UI122
156-0388-00
156-0576-00
156-0576-00
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DUAL D-TYPE FLIP-FLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :8 BIT PRL INP-SERIAL OUTPT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :8 BIT PRL INP-SERIAL OUTPT
80009
04713
04713
156-0388-00
MC1402IBCL
MC1402IBCL
Replaceable Electrical Parts-13C 510
Component No .
Tektronix
Part No.
Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont
Name & Description
Mfr
Code Mfr Part Number
A16U1210
A16U1211
A16U12,12
A16U1310
A16U1311
A16U1312
156-0649-00
156-0576-00
156-0545-00
156-0649-00
156-1484-00
156-0576-00
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :3 STATE HEX . NON INVT BFR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :8 BIT PRL INP-SERIAL OUTPT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :12-BIT BINARY COUNTER ,
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :3 STATE HEX. NON INVT BFR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :256 X 8 SCRM
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :8 BIT PRL INP-SERIAL OUTPT
80009
04713
80009
80009
OOOID
04713
156-0649-00
MC14021BCL
156-0545-00
156-0649-00
35392C
MC14021BCL
A16U1313
A16U1314
A16U1410
A16U1420
A16U1421
A16U1510
156-0469-00
156-0494-00
160-1183-00
156-0541-00
156-0382-00
156-1482-00
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :3-LINE TO 8-LINE DECODER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :HEX INVERTER/BUFFER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :I/O TIMER,ROM,RAM
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DECODER/DEMULTIPLEXER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :8-BIT MICROPRC,8K ADDRESS
01295 SN74LS138N
80009 156-0494-00
34576 R6531P
27014 DM74LS139K
01295 SN74LS00(N OR J)
55576 SYP6504
A16U1520
A16U1610
A16U1710
A16U1720
A16U1801
A16U1810
156-0494-00
160-1111-00
156-0411-00
156-0071-00
156-0230-00
156-0880-00
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :HEX INVERTER/BUFFER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :4096 X 8 MROM,PRGM
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :QUAD-COMP,SGL SUPPLY
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :VOLTAGE REGULATOR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DUAL D MA-SLAVE FLIP-FLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DUAL D MASTER SLAVE FF
80009
55576
27014
04713
80009
80009
156-0494-00
SYP2333
LM339N
MC1723CL
156-0230-00
156-0880-00
A16W1303
131-0566-00
BUS CONDUCTOR :DUMMY RES,2 .375,22 AWG
55210
L-2007-1
Replaceable Electrical Parts-DC 510
Component No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
Name & Description
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
A18
A18C1030
A18CIO31
A18C1230
A18C1231
A18C1232
----- -----
290-0745-00
281-0773-00
281-0773-00
281-0775-00
281-0775-00
CKT BOARD ASSY :AUXILIARY
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :22UF,+50-10%,25V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,10%,IOOV
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .IUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .IUF,20%,50V
56289
04222
04222
72982
72982
502D225
GC70-1C103K
GC70-1C103K
8005D9AABZ5U104M
8005D9AABZ5U104M
A18C1300
A18C1301
A18C1310
A18C1320
A18C1321
A18C1322
281-0775-00
290-0776-00
281-0775-00
281-0770-00
281-0773-00
290-0776-00
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :22UF,+50-10%,10V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .IUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OO1UF,20%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :22UF,+50-10%,10V
72982
55680
72982
72982
04222
55680
8005D9AABZ5U104M
IOULA22V-T
8005D9AABZ5U104M
8035D9AADX5R102M
GC70-1C103K
l0ULA22V-T
A18C1324
A18C1330
A18C1331
A18C1331
A18C1332
A18C1410
A18C1411
A18C1413
A18C1420
290-0782-00
281-0775-00
283-0220-00
281-0773-00
281-0775-00
281-0775-00
281-0773-00
281-0814-00
281-0630-00
55680
72982
72982
04222
72982
72982
04222
04222
72982
35ULA4R7V-T
8005D9AABZ5U104M
8121NO75X7RO103M
GC70-1C103K
8005D9AABZ5U104M
8005D9AABZ5U104M
GC70-1C103K
GC70-1-AlOlK
630000Y5D391J
A18C1421
281-0775-00
72982
8005D9AABZ5U104M
A18C1430
281-0775-00
----- -----
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :4 .7UF,+75 - 10%,35V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .01UF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .01UF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :l00PF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :390PF,5%,500V
(STANDARD ONLY)
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
(STANDARD ONLY)
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
(OPTION 01 ONLY)
72982
8005D9AABZSUlU4M
A18C1431
281-0775-00
72982
8005D9AABZ5U104M
A18C1510
A18C1521
281-0775-00
281-0198-00
72982
74970
8005D9AABZ5U104M
187-0306-105
A18C1522
281-0564-00
----- -----
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .IUF,20%,50V
(OPTION 01 ONLY)
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,VAR,AIR DI :1 .7-11PF,250V
(STANDARD ONLY)
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :24PF,5%,500V
(STANDARD ONLY)
72982
301-000COG0240J
A18C1523
281-0630-00
----- -----
72982
630000Y5D391J
A18CR1120
A18CR1121
A18CR1122
A18CR1123
152-0066-00
152-0066-00
152-0066-00
152-0066-00
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :390PF,5%,500V
(STANDARD ONLY)
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,400V,750MA
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,400V,750MA
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,400V,750MA
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,400V,750MA
14433
14433
14433
14433
LG4016
LG4016
LG4016
LG4016
A18CR1124
A18CR1232
A18CR1500
A18CR1510
A18CR1511
A18F1510
152-0066-00
152-0066-00
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
159-0042-00
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,400V,750MA
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,400V,750MA
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA
FUSE,CARTRIDGE :3AG,0 .75A,25OV,FAST -BLOW
14433
14433
01295
01295
01295
71400
LG4016
LG4016
1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R
AGC 3/4
A18F1511
A18J1500
A18J1510
A18J1511
A18J1611
A18L1420
159-0015-00
131-1003-00
131-1857-00
131-1857-00
131-1857-00
108-0245-00
FUSE,CARTRIDGE :3AG,3A,250V,FAST-BLOW
CONN,RCPT,ELEC :CKT BD MT,3 PRONG
TERM . SET,PIN:36/0 .025 SQ PIN,ON 0 .1 CTRS
TERM . SET,PIN :36/0 .025 SQ PIN,ON 0 .1 CTRS
TERM . SET,PIN :36/0 .025 SQ PIN,ON 0 .1 CTRS
COIL,RF :3 .9UH
71400
80009
22526
22526
22526
76493
AGC 3
131-1003-00
65500136
65500136
65500136
B6310-1
A18L1421
A18Q1030
A18Q1031
A18Q1032
A18Q1120
A18Q1121
108-0245-00
151-0342-00
151-0341-00
151-0335-00
151-0254-00
151-0254-00
COIL,RF:3 .9UH
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
76493
07263
07263
04713
03508
03508
B6310-1
5035928
5040065
SJE917
X380118
X381,3118
A18Q1300
151-0188-00
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
04713
SPS6868K
. REV NOV 1981
B010100 B010469
B010470
7- 1 7
Replaceable Electrical Parts-DC 510
Component No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
Name & Description
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
A18Q1330
A18Q1331
A18Q1332
A18QI333
A18Q1401
A18QI420
151-0190-00
151-0342-00
151-0462-00
151-0341-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
----- -----
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
(STANDARD ONLY)
07263
07263
04713
07263
07263
07263
S032677
5035928
TIP30C
5040065
5032677
S032677
A18QI500
A18QI510
A18Q1511
A18RI000
A18R1030
A18R1031
151-0188-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
315-0101-00
315-0301-00
315-0512-00
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :300 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:5 .1K OHM,5%,0 .25W
04713
07263
07263
01121
01121
01121
SPS6868K
S032677
S032677
CB1015
CB3015
CB5125
A18R1032
A18R1033
A18RI100
A18R1101
A18R1110
A18R1111
315-0121-00
315-0431-00
315-0103-00
315-0103-00
321-0229-00
321-0239-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:120 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:430 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1OK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1OK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .37K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :3 .OIK OHM,1%,0 .125W
01121
01121
01121
01121
91637
91637
CB1215
CB4315
CB1035
CB1035
MFF1816G23700F
MFF1816G301UOF
A18R1112
A18R1113
A18R1114
A18R1115
A18RI120
A18R1121
315-0103-00
315-0103-00
321-0229-00
321-0239-00
315-0102-00
315-0102-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:IOK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .37K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :3 .O1K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
91637
91637
01121
01121
CB1035
CB1035
MFF1816G23700F
MFF1816G3010OF
CB1025
CB1025
A18R1200
A18R1201
A18RI202
A18R1203
A18R1204
A18R1205
321-0197-00
321-0202-00
321-0197-00
321-0202-00
311-1236-00
311-1236-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :I
RES .,FXD,FILM :1
RES .,FXD,FILM :I
RES .,FXD,FILM :1
RES .,VAR,NONWIR
RES .,VAR,NONWIR
.1K OHM,I%,0 .125W
.24K OHM,1%,0 .125W
.1K OHM,1%,0 .125W
.24K OHM,I%,0 .125W
:250 OHM,10%,0 .50W
:250 OHM,10%,0 .50W
91637
91637
91637
91637
73138
73138
MFF1816GI1000F
MFF1816G12400F
MFF1816G11000F
MFF1816GI240OF
72-22-0
72-22-0
A18RI206
A18R1207
A18R1210
A18R1211
A18R1212
A18R1213
311-1236-00
311-1236-00
321-0202-00
321-0189-00
321-0173-00
321-0173-00
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :250 OHM,10%,0 .50W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :250 OHM,10%,0 .50W
RES .,FXD,FILM :1 .24K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :909 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :619 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :619 OHM,1%,0 .125W
73138
73138
91637
91637
91637
91637
72-22-0
72-22-0
MFF1816G12400F
MFF1816G909ROF
MFF1816G619ROF
MFF1816G619ROF
A18RI214
A18R1215
A18RI310
A18R1311
A18RI312
A18R1313
321-0189-00
321-0202-00
315-0512-00
315-0102-00
315-0393-00
321-0287-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :909 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :1 .24K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :5 .1K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :39K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :9 .53K OHM,I%,0 .125W
91637
91637
01121
01121
01121
91637
MFF1816G909ROF
MFF1816GI240OF
CB5125
CB1025
CB3935
MFF1816G95300F
A18R1314
A18R1315
A18RI321
A18R1322
A18RI323
A18R1324
321-0231-00
315-0202-00
321-0231-00
321-0231-00
315-0202-00
315-0202-00
RES
RES
RES
RES
RES
RES
91637
01121
91637
91637
01121
01121
MFF1816G24900F
CB2025
MFF1816G24900F
MFF1816G24900F
CB2025
CB2025
A18R1331
A18RI332
A18R1333
A18RI334
A18R1335
A18R1400
315-0511-00
315-0361-00
315-0751-00
315-0201-00
315-0681-00
315-0512-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:510 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :360 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:750 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:5 .IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
CB5115
CB3615
CB7515
CB2015
CB6815
CB5125
A18R1401
A18R1402
315-0102-00
315-0121-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMP$N:120 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
CB1025
CB1215
.,FXD,FILM :2 .49K OHM,1%,0 .125W
.,FXD,CMPSN :2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
.,FXD,FILM :2 .49K OHM,1%,0 .125W
.,FXD,FILM :2 .49K OHM,1%,0 .125W
.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
Replaceable Electrical Parts-DC 510
Component No.
Tektronix
Part No .
A18RI403
A18R1410
A18RI411
A18RI412
A18R1413
A18R1414
315-0104-00
315-0105 -00
315-0102-00
315-0102-00
315-0101-00
315-0302 - 00
A18R1420
315-0152-00
-----
A18RI421
315-0102-00
A18R1424
315-0562 -00
----- -----
A18R1425
A18RI426
A18R1430
308-0058 -00
308-0742-00
321-0213 -00
_
-----
Serial/Model No .
Dscont
Eff
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
CB1045
CB1055
CB1025
CB1025
CB1015
CB3025
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:1 .5K OHM,5%,0, .25W
(STANDARD ONLY)
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
(STANDARD ONLY)
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :5 .6K OHM,5%,0 .25W
(STANDARD ONLY)
01121
CB1525
01121
CB1025
01121
CB5625
75042
75042
91637
BW20-1R500K
BWH-R2400J
MFF1816G1620OF
91637
MFF1816GI21ROF
Name & Description
A18R1431
321-0105-00
----- -----
RES .,FXD,WW :1 .5 OHM,10%,IW
RES .,FXD,WW :0 .24 OHM,5%,2W
RES .,FXD,FILM :1 .62K OHM,1%,0 .125W
(OPTION 01 ONLY)
RES .,FXD,FILM :121 OHM,1%,0 .125W
(OPTION 01 ONLY)
A18R1500
A18R1501
A18R1502
A18R1503
A18R1504
A18RI510
315-0511-00
315-0181-00
315-0112-00
315-0242-00
315-0472 -00
315-0511-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :510 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :180 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1 .IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .4K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :4 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :510 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
CB5115
CB1815
CB1125
CB2425
CB4725
CB5115
A18R1511
A18RI512
AlBR1513
A18R1514
A18R1515
A18R1516
315-0122 -00
315-0472-00
315-0122 -00
315-0511 -00
315-0511 - 00
315-0511 -00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :4 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :510 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :510 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :510 .OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
CB1225
CB4725
CB1225
CB5115
CB5115
CB5115
A18R1520
315-0183-00
_____
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :18K OHM,5%,0 .25W
(STANDARD ONLY)
TERM,TEST POINT :BRS CD PL
RGTR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :8 STG SHF & STORE BUS
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :8 STG SHF & STORE BUS RGTR
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :7 XSTR,HV/HIGH CUR
01121
CB1835
80009
80009
80009
04713
214-0579-00
156-0796-00
156-0796 -00
MC1413PDS
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :7 XSTR,HV/HIGH CUR
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :QUAD-COMP,SGL SUPPLY
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER
RGTR
MICROCIRCUITIDI :8 STG SHF & STORE BUS
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :8 STG SHF & STORE BUS RGTR
04713
27014
18324
80009
80009
80009
MC1413PDS
LM339N
MC1458V
156-0927-00
156-0796 -00
156-0796 -00
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :8 STG SHF & STORE BUS RGTR
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :VOLTAGE REFERENCE
CONVERTER
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :DIGITAL TO ANALOG
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :VOLTAGE REGULATOR
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :VOLTAGE REGULATOR,NEGATIVE
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :VOLTAGE COMPARATOR
80009
04713
80009
04713
04713
51984
156-0796-00
MC1403UDS
156-0927 -00
MC1723CL
MC79L05ACP
UPC311C
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :NOISE SOURCE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DECADE COUNTER
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :VOLTAGE REGULATOR
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :VOLTAGE REGULATOR
(OPTION 01 ONLY)
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :HEX .INVERTER
27014
01295
04713
27014
MM5837N
SN74LS90N OR J
MC1723CL
LM317T
80009
156-0385 -UO
SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER,0 .4W,5 .1V,5%
SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER,0 .4W,6 .2V,5%
SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER,0 .4W,6 .2V,5%
04713
04713
04713
SZ11755
SZ11738
SZ11738
A18TP1400
A18U1010
A18U1020
A18U1021
214-0579-00
156-0796-00
156-0796 -00
156-1245-00
A18U1110
A18U1111
A18U1200
A18U1 110
A1 8U 122 0
A1 8U 221
156-1245-00
156-0411 - 00
156-0158 -00
156-0927 -00
156-0796-00
156-0796-00
A18U1222
A18U1223
A18UI310
A18UI320
A18UI330
A18UI400
156-0796 -00
156-1173 -00
156-0927-00
156-0071-00
156-1150-00
156-1126 -00
A18U1410
A18U1411
AlBU1420
A18UI430
156-1433 - 00
156-0656-00
156-0071-00
156-1161 -00
_____ _
A18UI500
156-0385 -00
A18VRIO01
A18VR1410
A18VR1411
152-0195 -00
152-0166-00
152-0166 -00
7- 1 9
Replaceable Electrical Parts-13C 510
Component No .
A18Y1520
A18Y1530
Tektronix
Part No .
158-0129-00
----- ----119-0894-01
----- -----
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
Name & Description
XTAL UNIT,QTZ :10MHZ,0 .001%,PARALLEL
(STANDARD ONLY)
OSCILLATOR,RF :10MHZ,18V
(OPTION 01 ONLY)
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
33096
PB1109
80009
119-0894-01
Section 8-DC 510
DIAGRAMS AND CIRCUIT BOARD ILLUSTRATIONS
Symbols
Graphic symbols and class designation letters are
based on ANSI Standard Y32.2-1975.
Logic symbology is based on ANSI Y32.14-1973 in
terms of positive logic. Logic symbols depict the logic
function performed and may differ from the manufacturer's data.
The overline on a signal name indicates that the signal
performs its intended function when it is in the low state.
Y14.15, 1966
Y14 .2, 1973
Y10.5, 1968
Drafting Practices.
Line Conventions and Lettering.
Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in
Electrical Science and Electrical
Engineering.
American National Standard Institute
1430 Broadway
New York, New York 10018
Component Values
Electrical components shown on the diagrams are in
the following units unless noted otherwise:
Abbreviations are based on ANSI Y1 .1-1972.
Capacitors = Values one or greater are in picofarads (pF) .
Values less than one are in microfarads
(NF) .
Resistors = Ohms (f2) .
Other ANSI standards that are used in the preparation
of diagrams by Tektronix, Inc. are:
The information and special symbols below may appear in this manual .
Assembly Numbers and Grid Coordinates
Each assembly in the instrument is assigned an
assembly number (e .g ., A20) . The assembly number
appears on the circuit board outline on the diagram, in the
title for the circuit board component location illustration,
and in the lookup table for the schematic diagram and
corresponding component locator illustration . The
Replaceable Electrical Parts list is arranged by assemblies
in numerical sequence ; the components are listed by
component number '(see following illustration for
constructing a component number) .
The schematic diagram and circuit board component
location illustration have grids. A lookup table with the
grid coordinates is provided for ease of locating the
component. Onlythe components illustrated on thefacing
diagram are listed in the lookup table. When more than
one schematic diagram is used to ill ustratethe circuitry on
a circuit board, the circuit board illustration may only
appear opposite the first diagram on which it was illustrated; the lookup table will list the diagram number of
other diagrams that the circuitry of the circuit board
appears on .
Modified Component-See
Parts List (Depicted in grey,
or with grey outline)
Function Block Title
Cam Switch
Closure Chart
(Dot indicates
switch closure)
TES
Plug to E .C . Board
Etched Circuit Board
Outlined in Black
SYNC
Refer to Waveform
Box - Identifies Panel
Controls, Connectors and
Indicators
Function Block .
Outline
IC type
External Screwdriver Adj .
Test Voltage -Heat Sink
Selected value, see Parts List
and Maintenance Section for
Selection Criteria
Board Name
P/0-Part of
circuit board
Assembly Number Tektronix Part No. ~.
for circuil boards
SYNC
GENERATOR
Schematic Name
and Number
ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS
ATTENUATOR
COMPENSATION
AT1533
ATTENUATOR
COMPENSATION
AT1505
' u,0un
i~
®,~nR1020
H
~R`021
81030
P7031
,
®I ®
II I
®C1030 ...
U1030 ~~~yr>Je
~P703~eRi033
~. .,-4
0P 103,'kTp1020
-Cal 130-961131
C, 1031- ' :.61
1004TH
-hJ C7Y31 r
U
(3897-22)3552-12
Fig . 8-1 . Analog Board (A12).
A RNG
R1204
A OFF
R1205
B RNG
R1206
B OFF
R1207
FREQ ADJ
C1521
(Standard)
(3897-23)3552-13
Fig . 8-2. Auxiliary Board (A18) .
REV NOV
.OCATIONS AND SETUPS
Digital
Pulse
Generator Multimeter
DC 510
CHANNEL .A
INPUT
O
CHANNEL B
INPUT
SHAPED OUT
CHA
OCHB
Power
Module
OUT
IN
I
1
1
1
I
5012
Termination
(3897-24)3552-14
Fig . 8-3. Adjustment setup for steps 10 and 11 .
DC 510
Function
Generator
CHANNEL A
INPUT
CHANNEL B
INPUT
O
I
OUTPUT
1
I
(3897-25)3552-15
Fig. 8-4 . Adjustment setup for steps 12 and 13 .
REV NOV 1981
Table 8-2
COUNTER INTEGRITY ERRORS
ERROR CODE
SUSPECT CIRCUITRY
5.
CHECK THAT INPUT SIGNAL IS WITHIN TRIGGER LEVEL RANGE, OR NO INPUT .
MAKE SURE ARM INPUT IS HIGH .
CHECK +12V -12V ,-5V .
SUSPECT FET Q1410, CHECK FOR SIGNAL ON T1418
CHECK MR AND MR LINES . O4
6"
CHECK CH A DAC .
1.
2.
3.
4.
320
O
v
O
O
7.
CHECK CH A AMP .
8.
CHECK GATING .
2O
1O~
9 . CHECK INPUT TO ACCUMULATOR .
10 . SUSPECT U1000A .
3
11 . SUSPECT U11028, U1121 .
O
1.
2.
SUSPECT U1000A, U1011
1.
SUSPECT U1011A
2.
3.
CHECK CABLE W528
SUSPECT U1810A
4.
SUSPECT U1710B, U1121
1.
SUSPECT U1801A
2.
SUSPECT U1121
324
1.
2.
3.
SUSPECT LEVEL SHIFTER Q1702, Q1701
SUSPECT U1120A
SUSPECT U1121
329
1.
SUSPECT CABLE W528 OR ANY ACCUMULATOR IC
1.
CHECK CH 8 DAC
2.
CHECK CH B AMP
3.
4.
5.
CHECK FET Q1430
CHECK FOR SIGNAL ON T1430
CHECK GATING
6.
CHECK INPUT TO ACCUMULATOR
7.
SUSPECT U1011C
8.
SUSPECT U1102A OR U1122
1.
SUSPECT U1011C., U1011B
2.
SUSPECT U1710C, U1122
1.
SUSPECT U1011, OR CABLE W538
2.
SUSPECT U18108
3.
SUSPECT U1103
1.
SUSPECT U1810B, LEVEL SHIFTER Q1704, Q1703
2.
SUSPECT U1122
334
1.
2.
SUSPECT LEVEL SHIFTER Q1704, Q1703
339
1.
SUSPECT CABLE W529 OR ANY ACCUMULATOR IC
321
322
323
330
331
332
333
3
O
SUSPECT U17100, U1121
O
4
O
44
4O , LEVEL SHIFTER Q1702, Q1701
O
1
J
OOO
O
O
O
OO
44
SUSPECT U1120B, U1122
O
O
O
O
O
Table 8-1
GENERAL PROBLEMS
PROBLEM
SUSPECT CIRCUITRY
MEASUREMENTS ARE STABLE BUT NOT ACCURATE .
TIME BASE OSCILLATOR (+18V SUPPLY FOR OPT . 1) .
BUFFER - Q1500, DIVIDER - U1411, AND PHASE
LOCKED LOOP COMPONENTS OR JUMPERS J1511
OR J1515 LOOSE .
DOES NOT TRIGGER PROPERLY (MAY BE INDICATED
BY INCORRECT SHAPED OUTPUTS) .
DUAL DMOS IN AMPLIFIER
INPUT CONDITIONING DOES NOT FUNCTION PROPERLY .
SWITCH
+SV 2 SUPPLIES
U1520E
1 AMPLIFIER COMPONENTS
O8
)RELAYS O1
O
DISPLAY DOES NOT FUNCTION PROPERLY .
DISPLAY CIRCUITRY
AUTO TRIGGER DOES NOT FUNCTION PROPERLY .
+2 .5V SUPPLY
U1310 O8
tO ) +12V, -12V, -5V,
gO ) D/A CONVERTERS - U1210,
)SERIAL-TO-PARALLEL SHIFT REGISTERS -
BUFFERS - U1200
GATE LIGHT ALWAYS ON .
COMPLETED .
7O )
) RELAY DRIVERS
11
10
U12222, U1220, U1221 O8
MEASUREMENTS WITH LOW FREQUENCY INPUT
SIGNAL ARE NOT STABLE .
2O
l0,
END SIGNAL
O
O
O
TRIGGERS, AMPLIFIERS
)INPUT AMPLIFIERS
.
SUSPECT U1102C, U1410
1O , 2O
tO,
O
NO MEASUREMENT
END SIGNAL
3O~
4O SUSPECT U1102C, U1410
ARM STUCK LOW : Q1510 P Q151 1
9O
.
O
)
)SCHMITT
DC 510
TURN POWER
SWITCH ON
POWER MODULE "ON"
CHECK INTERRUPT
CLOCK U1520 A ,B
CHECK MICRO PROCESSOR CLOCK
ON
SEE
TABLE
B-1
1~ 9~>
02 ON
ACTION
ERROR
CODE
313
320-324,
329
330-334,
339
340
341
SERIAL 1/0 ERROR - SEE INTERNAL SIGNATURE ANALYSIS
FIG . 8-6(DICITAL)f FIG .8-8(ANALOC)r AND FIG .8-9(AUXILIARY) .
CH A COUNTER INTEGRITY ERROR - SEE TABLE 8-2 AND
COUNTER INTEGRITY TEXT DESCRIPTION
CH B COUNTER INTEGRITY ERROR - SEE TABLE 8-2 AND
COUNTER INTEGRITY TEST DESCRIPTION
RAM ERROR - SUSPECT U1410 OR CONNECTIONS
SUSPECT U1610
O
O
342
SUSPECT U1311
361
ROM PLACEMENT ERROR - SUSPECT U1610
380
ROM CHECKSUM ERROR - SUSPECT U1410
381
ROM CHECKSUM ERROR - SUSPECT U1610
3552-12
Fig. 8-5. General troubleshooting flow chart.
RELAY CONTROL LINES
EXTERNAL
ARMING
TRIGGER LEVEL LIDS
SERIAL WRITE LATCH
CHANNEL A
SIGNAL
CONDITIONING
a
CHANNEL B
AMPLIFIERS
A16
A d B
SHAPED
OUT
1 ,5 ,1EMHs
EXTERNAL
CLOCK IN
16MHt
CLOCK
OUT
±33 .5V
-10-
POWER
MODULE
+6V/
+11 .SV
DC 510
3552-56
10
ACC A
ACC
CH A&CHB
COUNT CHAINS
e
±33 .5V
PROCESSOR
a
DISPLAY
DRIVERS
+12v
+5V
POWER
MODULE
+2 .7V
+2 .sv
+6V/
+11 .5v
-5V
-12 .2V
BLOCK
3552-56
DIAGRAM
acs
)CATION GRID
L1302
R1306R1307
R1308
R1309
.r.9o
C1
w
IC~I
v
I~
®®0
""
-C1506 ~~
io
n
¢
R1507
¢
LYJ
*U
1 A7
506 "
I
-~l U
0
o
Ln
Lnn
N
VC151TC1607U
U
"
_ "
QcI
C1509 '
in N.
J C` 414~ C1512
I C141
a,
~CR151?
M!
6
9
CR15
51 3®
R7423
LJ
J1420
~
¢n
t¢
.® T K1511 " ~"
® ¢ I
"
R1514
J
R7515*
C1,914
-C1
Y
I C1610* 2>:
a in
J1510
r-
`°
IU,u
(
s
Y
~~ " ¢
R1611
.
~°
, "°
Cj520
N O N,
N NN
®
LO
LO
N
c a
¢ p~ V
¢ U¢U
N
R1526-~
pC
N
R1527* _
¢
--__
0152
C 1527
cc
61M2
;5
21
1525
1421
0
N
0
~\N
¢
¢
¢
33029
01422
538~~1
_r
01536-1537
C~
R1438'
r
T
'
60
0
N
-T1430
U
~~
M
r
¢
~
U1331~
i
Y
U V L?. VI
CR1431~
R1326'
R1421
~' _~~
R 13L/
~,nigcc~,
~
1421
~ T.,
R1328~Ff~
01420
`- 01420 N 01
VA
-a
-
_
U1
~v 1 Coo
;
® ~ L133
_-
® -
~
0 C1 333 TP1321 N o v v~
Ri6k,
cc
¢f
PC Met
yR1432
R143
~C1432
0
M
J
P
01532
R1532
R1533
(3897-33)3552-22
A12
D-11 . Analog board (A12).
*Located on back of
board.
REV NOV 1981
DC 510
PARTS LOCATION
A
C
B
"
~R1006
0a
°ol ®R1001
.; AR, U02~
J
:. '
~
E
1:
, ;
CK-~
':01114
_w R1010
1
1
1
1
I~I
"
C1005
R1009
1
1143
5
_ I®
1®
C1211
x
~
0121
r
N
N
U
®'~. C1023
(11021
® ;fd'W,.R1020
®~ R7035.®~R1036
~R1030
~R1031
®
ED (ED) ®
(C1030
1 U1030
e",~
N
(1032
M
EwrR1033®®® ® F
-,R 1034 Tp1020
cc
C1031
~C 034
-,
- 0
T
()I¢
0
a 01211.N
N
M
N
Na
stsY:zs:
1323
13
C1
3222
0
N
0
J
R
v
R1121
N
~R1123r
C1221 J
®.R1124 v
R11251 W
(~ .C1122
o
1
IU
cc
V
H
¢
o
N
4
hr
uYG 0
a~ .
¢¢
¢ ¢
t
1
0M
¢¢
®. 1L1302r--. rR1306'
R1307
R7308
R1309
I®
®lo
;eU1202@j'.
U
~~EI,
Z
~R
1
a N
T
U
,. .
I_I
O _Q1110~R
~ . R1104~
0
r
~ _1
YI
F,1,1
eZ l
C1304
0
o'o
N'PA
.
1
O
G
F
C1303
Q1200~2 01201
1
10 Co . M
O
1202 r ~N
¢T
0120
1
11
11
11
v
0
0
11
D
GI
N
N J
¢
N7 1 -N
0
0
a7
N N
0
M
ul N
C1234 :
cc N
UI1~ p
¢ i¢
Q
CR1330ie
R1331~-,
u
H
a7 N 0 W
VI¢11MIr
U'U
,~ I N
J
R1325
u
.'
0
M
L1322
R1326 H
R1327 =1 .- Q,
n
R1328
(~l
sZsZsZ
C1420 °
0132
¢
c1
1'1
C1230_~
a N
M , Cam',
eo
¢~¢~¢
0
U
~L1331} -m
C1333_Tp1321 N
:21 @hR 1337
or
cc
~:ISZ:Z3
Fig. 8-11 . Analog board (A12).
©Static Sensitive Devices
see maintenance section
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Component Number
823 A2 R1234
Schematic
Assembly - i
.-y Circuit
Number
Subassembly
Number
Number (if used)
Chassis mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List .
Table 8-3
COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART
(see Fig. 8-11)
SIGNAL CONDITIONING & AMPLIFIERS
P/O A12 ASSY
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
AT 1505
AT 1533
E3
E7
L2
L5
CR1532
CR 1533
G6
H5
K6
K6
C1312
C1313
C1330
C1331
C1401
C1403
C1405
C1412
C1413
C1414
C1415
C1425
C1432
C1435
C1500
C1501
C1502
C1503
C1504
C1509
C1518
C1520
C1521
C1522
C1523
C1527
C1530
C1531
C1532
C1533
C1535
C1601
C1610
C1620
C1631
M3
L3
M7
L7
14
K4
H3
11
12
12
F1
K8
15
H7
15
G4
H3
J5
E3
E2
G2
K9
G8
H7
19
E7
16
16
F6
E7
G6
C3
D3
D7
C7
G2
G2
G5
G5
11
H2
J2
J3
J3
J3
J3
H4
J6
J5
11
11
J2
K1
K1
L2
J2
J4
J4
J4
K4
L4
J5
J5
K6
K5
J5
M1
M3
M4
M5
J1400
J1420
J500
J510
B4
B8
B2
B6
J1
J4
K1500S
K1510S
K1511S
K1520S
K1521S
K1530S
K1600S
K1610S
K1611S
K1612S
K1620S
K1630S
K1631S
K1632S
F4
G2
E1
G6
E6
F8
D4
D1
C2
B2
D6
D8
C6
C7
K2
K2
L2
K5
L4
K5
L2
M2
M2
M3
M4
L5
M5
M5
L1310
L1311
L1330
L1331
L1410
L1430
M2
M3
M6
M7
12
16
G2
G3
G5
G5
J3
J5
CR1300
CR1310
CR1311
CR1320
CR1331
CR1332
CR1400
CR1401
CR1410
CR1411
CR1420
CR1430
CR1431
CR1510
CR1511
CR1512
CR1513
CR1520
CR1530
CR1531
M3
M2
L3
M7
L7
M7
L5
J4
J2
12
L9
J7
17
G1
H1
G1
H1
J9
G5
H6
G2
G2
G2
G5
G5
G5
H1
11
H2
H2
H4
J5
H5
J3
J3
J3
J3
J4
J5
J5
01210
01211
01400
01401
01402
01403
01410
01420
01421
01422
01423
01430
K1
K1
J4
K4
H4
14
H2
J8
K8
H8
18
H6
E3
F3
H2
H2
H2
J2
J2
H4
H5
H5
J4
JS
R1318
R1337
R1400
R1401
R1402
R1403
R1404
R1405
R1406
R1408
R1409
R1411
R1412
R1413
R1417
R1420
K2
K6
M4
L4
K4
K4
L3
K4
J4
14
14
K2
K2
J2
K3
L9
G3
G6
11
H1
H1
H1
H2
H2
H2
11
11
H3
H3
H3
H2
H4
P/O A12 ASSY also shown on
Chassis
Chassis
003
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
10
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
R1421
R1422
R1423
R1424
R1425
R1426
R1427
R1428
R1429
R1432
R1433
R1434
R1438
R1500
R1501
R1502
R1503
R1504
R1506
R1507
R1510
R1511
R1512
R1514
R1515
R1516
R1520
R1521
R1522
R1523
R1524
R1525
R1526
R1527
R1528
R1530
R1531
R1535
R1536
R1601
R1610
R1611
R1612
R1620
R1631
R1632
K8
K8
L9
L8
K8
J8
K9
18
J8
K6
K6
J6
K8
J4
J3
D4
G4
F3
E4
E3
G2
F2
F2
D2
E2
E2
J8
J8
D8
G8
F6
F6
E6
D6
E7
G6
F7
E7
E8
D4
C3
B2
C2
C6
D8
C7
H4
H4
J4
H4
H4
H4
H4
J4
J4
H6
H6
H6
H5
J1
J1
K1
J2
K1
L1
K2
K2
K3
K3
L3
L3
L2
J4
J4
K4
J4
K4
K4
L4
L4
L4
K5
K6
K5
L5
M1
M2
M3
M2
M4
M5
M5
T1410
T1430
TP1310
TP1321
J2
J7
M3
M7
H2
H5
G3
G5
U1311
U1331
J3
J7
H2
H5
VR1412
VR1413
VR1432
VR1433
13
J3
17
J7
J3
J3
J5
J5
Serial path signatures
H25315
000014
000013
93PS12
34 HM
Fig . 8-6 . Internal signature analysis "A" (Digital b
Serial path signatures
J
H253
39 90C2
a'-48
"A" (Digital board) .
signature analysis
+5V SIGNATURE - 47CS
SETUP CONDITIONS
Internal Signatures (Digital Board)
SA CLOCK ,~SA START SA STOP
L
~-
SA G N D
TP 1411
Pin 9 of U1520
TP 1420
NOTE
Power up DC 510 while holding in CH A ATTEN
button to get signatures.
Address switch S1210 set to 20.
S1210
Count Chains
Display and Misc .
Microprocessor Related
Count Chains Continued
Digital board circuit locations
Power Supplies
Processor related signatures
887C
3
COF7
4
PAS614
562313
3 887C 14
4 COF7
56r3H
503H 15
3 887C
PA8613
5 COP
5623 t 1
7 A1CF
SA45 8
~y 503H
g? 8U71
3733
C267
3 COF7
SA45
5 5623
C267
2
3
6 A1CF
9
7
8
OA45
A6U3
8 83AS
to S03H
503H
C507
6071
a COF7
5 5623
7 A1CF
503H
; 3733
C507
50311
48HH
887C
PA86
"
~ 583H
503H
781`5
FOA1
FOA1
(¢1 781`5
151
0000
$E AC1 F
Ii~t 114H
0000
OP42
-1 SUN
F7C3
0000
48HH
1
3733
2
10
I Op 541H
1F3015
10
C507 3 1`08614
1`958' 4 503H t3
FP7U 5 593H 12
503H
anan~~ t
COAC g2 AC1 F 15
1`086
UC2114
FP7U ;1 503H13
91`42 d 4FOH 12
0000 ~,6 I F3011
S03H r7 ACt F 10
UC21 9
144CC
Lnn
,TP1411
f'LK Se3HI
6
1 1 FH 1 t
7 61`3510
503H 9
02CH ~
I
SM 6
2 H993 15 AfF8 2866 f
AOF8 ( ACOH SOAP
r A0F8
(3 1 6N26 AOFB d
;' 503H r$j 1`858
~8 2866
0
1503H
{
1C)98AP 311 503H
1 sm
.._ . ._ _ !
Fig. 8-7 . Internal signature analysis "B" (Digital board).
,r related signatures
H
5038U71
3733
?I C267
i
i
i
1
C507
563H
503H
3733
3
I
f
503H
C557
503H
BU71
1O C267
FOA1
1§¬i 78P5
I SP42
503N
1~ F7C3
503H
78P5
;
t7
FOA1
0000
33 AC I F
114H
0000
¢ 0000
040H
F3015'
09614'
03H 13
03H 12
1FH41
P3510
IO3H (9
9
1 51D3H
U1410
1 0080 -_
Sow.,
503H 2
0000!
6H26 ?0
ACOH 8
AOFS 18
48HH 17
887C ~§
PAN
COF7
15
14
562311
AlCF 12
503H it
10'42 10
1A9P 9
6 2866 1) 503H
7 BBAP 10' 503H
'19AH
887C
6 3733
7 C507
8 SU71
9 C267
10 FBA1
11 78P5
12 9P42
PA86 Z4 i
COF7 ?~3
5623 22 13 5623
A1 CF 21 14 A1 CF
OA45 2O 1$ OA45
t~9
COF711
1~ ASU3
887C 9
83A5 P9 17 83A5
AOF81718 0005
37337
ASU3
48H18'
H8931619 SH26
SH2615 2S 0000
C507 6
B
21 H893
22 ACOH
C267 4
F0A1 3
503H .,4
}24 503H
OA45 8
13 1A9P
14 ACOH
A6U3 7
83A5
503H
1AGP
SU71 5
78P5 2
SP42 1
0000 (3
503H 2 '
0000 1
503H13
AOF812
2 H893 0; AOFS 20661,4
UOU511
jACOH
3 AOFS
BBAP="~
4 AOF8 T16H26
AOFBF
5 503H 13j: P958
sees
3 503H
' Swan 'k`"(
i
0000
y$
'yf
3 503H
C3 503H
1 AC1F
80000 11 r UC21
7 503H t0 UC21
3552-14
analysis "B" (Digital board).
+5V SIGNATURES - 503H
SETUP CONDITIONS
Internal Signatures (Digital Board)
SA CLOCK ---
TP 1411 (Digital Board)
SA START -~
~SA STOP
TP 1410 (Digital Board)
SA GND
TP 1420 (Digital Board)
NOTE
Power up DC 510 while holding in CH A ATTEN
button to get signatures
Address switch S1210 set to 20:
N
J
Z6
CC
°C
w0
F
0-0
ra O
J-Zm
R
W
H
Z
S1210
Serial path signatures
Ol
O1
U A
W
U. A W n1
J J V V
s
0000
;11 47CG
t,4 47C6
Fig. 8-8 . Internal signature analysis
Serial path signatures
d-8. Internal signature analysis (Analog board).
SETUP CONDITIONS
Internal Signatures (Analog Board)
SA CLOCK ~SA START ~,SA STOP
SA GND
TP 1411 (Digital Board)
Pin 9 of U1510 (Digital Board)
TP 1420 (Digital Board)
NOTE
Power up DC 510 while holding CH A ATTEN
button to get signature analysis
Signal Routing
P.L.L.
Channel A
n
Channel B
Analog board circuit locations
i signatures
isture analysis (Auxiliary board) .
11 '50 62
3552-16
+5V SIGNATURE - 47C6
Serial path signatures
3 P9CP
8A24 1
11 H2C9
12 PSCP
10 H89F
x.10 893H
P9CP :3'
43F8
4 ."
PGCP 3
PAM 2
2 8A24
3 PSCP
PAA1 It
Fig. 8-9. Internal signature analysis (Auxilia
SETUP CONDITIONS
Internal Signatures (Auxiliary Board)
SA CLOCK ~_
SA START ~SA STOP
TP 1411 (Digital Board)
Pin 9 of U1520 (Digital Board)
TP 1420 (Digital Board)
SA GND
NOTE
Power up DC 510 while holding in CH A ATTEN
button to get signatures.
Clock Related
D/A
Relay Drive
Power Supplies
Auxiliary board circuit locations
Kernel test board signatur
755U
1
.VVV
4APF I 18C814
3877 4 2612913
PROP
U740 9
I I
3 4APF 1~
4 3877 13?
HUO1
HSH8 e1`755U
54A615
3 4APF
3° 3877
53877
5 26129
1
2612811
7' PHW
HU01 9'
?
7 PHOP
HMI 9
?S 0113
Z 4APF
3' 1808
11' 3877
6? 26129
0 PHOP
7) HU01
(D UM6
9) 1UP
if HA34
C11Z!,
,
70502)
0772 3)
3PHP I+¢)
0258 5)
755U
87124
U2CC
0258
7707
08712
7H21
t2 755U 1 s
3
4
5 1 U93 12
5 GAFF1D
7 755U
tJ
E2 C41
0711
AAl
Tj or,
1879
i
ID 7W
Igy 72
a
755U
7050
Zip 0772
t9 C4C3
13
13
13
13
0
Ig 7M
1W
A31
M08
7211
A3C1
7707
755U
I ID 72'
VIIIIII
1979
7679
if3 79
75,'
a
O
AD 281
-i
6AFFVS
U2CC1* TP1410
cla
54A61w'
7H2110
755U 6'1 U7401M
CU57 7> WSH819s
SH7P
1420
CND
;
sC}
~, TP1411
CLK73
71
0
1
OAC98 13 685U C1
CF3 13 MN
*685U 13 89F1 PC
OUW3 12 3PHP
OC690 O 71C6
c935MA 19 HA34
C`
9) 885E
Fig. 8- 10. Kernel signature analysis (C
Kernel test board signatures
11311
13
'0
Zt C4C3
'L3 7050
, IN AA68
4
8772
755U
47950
h7
P9
0772
tg C4C3
1;9 AA88
OP
01
137211
1$ A3C1
~¢ 755U
Z7 755U
® 755U
21 755U
'1I/ AM
7211
p 0080
137707
IFP
(34
m 755U
113 755U
" 7550
ts 755U
..`
0
6AFF1©':
U2CCIS'
54A61O
7H2110
U7401D
H5H81*
SHIP
U1313
TP1420
GNO
TS/S
18
3 6UBF
4~755U
5! C113
6 7858
Cl 13 77
4APF
1806 15
3877 14
26P9 13
PHaP j2
755U 1`T
7787
577A
9y
HUM
UC66
7:
1% 755U
0
6w
0
0
2 EM
20
H186 19
6850 4
1CFP
755U
3.9 2695
1'755U
awl
8
7!0772
26PS
6 C4C3
9 AA08
PHP
H101
tV 7211
UC66
3877
18C819
4APF
A3C1
ICFP
C113 9}
7787
13 577A
',1`;11186
.
9P9F
AC99 t6V89F1
89F1 t5',:W 8800
Z1 AC99
7058
0772 6)
C4C3 6)
AABS t
HH86
72111,E
_
;
7J 577A I
A3C1 9)
7797 fU
755U
USF3
1411
CLK 755U 113
755U
0888 C9 PCF317
131665U CBM
9P9F11''
0 HH9S 5H5A
Bwl PCF3
12 3PFP
0 71CS
1 755U
1((5 ,1 0000
14 755U
13 7550
t2' 755U
0800 tt' ~
,7'755U 1'0 OBBB
1* NA34
885F
3552-17
+5V SIGNATURES -7SSU
KKernel signature analysis (Digital board) .
REV NOV 1981
SETUP CONDITIONS
Kernel Test Signatures (Digital Board)
SA CLOCK ~_
SA START -~
SA STOP
SA GND
-~
TP 1411 (Digital Board)
START/STOP (Kernel
Board)
TP 1420 (Digital Board)
NOTE
Power up DC 510 while holding in CH A ATTEN
button to get signatures
Address switch S1210 set to 20 :
S1210
5011 PROTECT A SENSE
P1510-19 "-
AC/DC
Y Y 81611
25 .0
-0
81612
390K
CHANiIEL
A
1500
K1511S
o81514
127.0
K1611S
L
+SVA
XI/)m
K1610S
2
3
01415
O.1pF ;
81512
10K
, 51 5
2
+{81516
-7rY 01610
7
81610
200.0
39
0
.022pF
81511
49 .9
CR1511
CR 513
sa
L
.. .
K1510S
T
1
015139
1,Sp F
P1400-1 ---i
81506
360
81503
51
R180I
114
CH A
LEVEL
1400-1
r
C1521
.BB1pF
81498
47
Q1402
R141
81502
20K
VR1412
4V
01502 J.B1pF
.i.
P1400-2 +-
T
01405
.01 pF
81504
1 .04
K1600S
C1413 1 01414
.BIpF
22PF
CR1411
01601
.01pF
AC/DC
L1410
3.91,14
1) 7
5
1140
CH A
CND
11400-2
-5
VA
Q1410
YYc1516
,001pF
1MI1~
C
SEPARATE
CRISIS
CRIS12
P
6
F
C1401
.91pF
-12.2VA
814970
1n
S
01500
4.7pF-12 .211A
P1520-10 ~-
115213-401
5011 PROTECT B SENSE
AC/0C
C
SEPARATE
7
CHANNEL
B
T
2
1
111527
127 .0
81620
390K
1510
1m K1631S
1 11420-I
AC/DC
81522
20K
CH B LEVEL
11525
10K
*R1528
200.0
81531
1 .9m
81536
360
81631
114
X1/X5
-SVA
-SVB
81523
-L 01521
.BB1pF
+5V A +SVA
+5V 8 -10 --"
L1430
3.90H
81524
49 .9
C1527
I .5pF
0
K1630S
11420-2
CH B
CND
2
81526
127.0
**C,820
.022VF
C1631
.01pF
P1420-1 -~
K1521S
1
0
F
2
K1632S
81632
39
P1420-2 f-
X1 /X6
K1620S
+SV B
Y -SVA
1.-
ip
-SVB
12 .2VA ON -I 2.2VA
-12.2VB - 10
DC 510
No
-12.2VB
NOTES
Y ETCHED INDUCTOR
kY CHIP COMPONENT
-12.2V0
3552-45
+5VA
FILTER
R1319
1K
11410
153
FULL-HI
J1102-8
L1410
3 .9
D17
R1411
100
CH A-
U1310-2
C1312
27pF
R1405
15
R1500
1 .I5K
CR1401
U1310-3
-12 .2VA
-10 .0V
R1407C
00
CH A +
CR1300
R1404
10K
Q1400
R14078
100
1
R1403
51
R1400
4.87K
CR1400
R1401
845
-12 .2VA
CR1533
C1432
.1VF
a
R1434
L1430
3 .9pH
C1530 .1- C1531
.01pF ;; 22pF
-4 .50V
v
©
Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Component Number
A23 A2 R1234
Assembly
Number
-
J
"
II---~~
Subassembly
Number (if used)
Schematic
Circuit
Number
Chassis- mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List.
' Y/U
SIGNAL
CONDITIONING
&
N1Z
Aniol- UUMRU
AMPLIFIERS
'
cs
Table 8-4
COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART
(see Fig. 8-11)
SCHMITT TRIGGERS
P/O A12 ASSY
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
C1108
C1113
C1122
C1200
C1201
C1210
C1230
C1303
C1304
C1317
C1319
C1322
C1323
C1333
C1339
F5
F10
B9
B4
J2
J2
J7
H3
G3
H1
G2
G8
H8
H6
G7
C2
D3
D5
E2
E2
F3
E5
F1
F1
G3
G2
F4
F4
G5
G5
CR 1200
CR1201
CR1220
CR1330
13
13
18
18
F2
F2
F4
F5
J1130
J1201
J520
J530
B10
B5
A5
A10
L1302
L1312
L1322
L1332
H3
J2
H8
J7
G1
F3
G4
F6
P1130
P1201
810
B4
D5
E1
01122
01201
01202
01203
01204
01220
01221
01222
01300
01301
01302
01303
01320
01321
01322
01323
C9
15
J4
C5
G4
J9
110
G9
E4
D4
G4
E3
E9
D9
G9
F8
D4
F1
F1
E1
F2
E4
F4
F4
F2
F2
G2
G2
F4
F4
G4
G4
81107
81108
81112
81118
81120
81121
81123
81124
81125
81126
81128
81200
81201
81202
81203
F5
G5
F10
G5
G10
D9
C10
C9
C9
C10
G10
J5
C4
C4
D4
C1
C1
D3
D2
D3
D4
D4
D4
D5
D5
D4
E2
E1
E1
E2
D5
E1
Chassis
Chassis
P/O A12 ASSY also shown on
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
R1204
81205
R1206
81207
81208
81209
81211
R1212
81213
81214
81215
81216
81217
81218
81220
81222
R1223
81224
81225
81226
81230
81231
81233
81234
81300
81301
81302
81303
81304
81305
81306
81307
R1308
R1309
81313
81314
81315
R1316
R1317
81319
81320
81321
81322
81323
R1324
81325
81326
81327
81328
81329
81331
81332
81333
81334
81335
81336
81339
81407
C5
C5
J4
J4
H4
E4
G5
H2
13
H3
12
H2
G10
G5
G10
J10
J9
J9
H9
E9
18
H8
H7
17
F2
G3
D4
F4
F3
13
14
E2
E3
E3
H2
G1
F1
H1
G1
G1
G8
D9
F9
F8
18
19
E8
E8
E8
F7
H7
H7
G6
F6
H6
G6
G6
H4
E2
F2
F2
F1
F1
F1
E2
F2
E3
F3
F3
F3
D4
E3
D4
E4
F4
F4
F4
F4
E5
F5
F5
F5
G2
F1
F1
F1
G1
G1
G1
G1
G1
G2
F3
F3
G3
G3
G3
G3
F4
F4
G4
G4
G4
G4
G4
G4
G4
G4
F5
F5
F6
F6
G6
G6
G6
H1
U1202
U1210
U1310
U1330
H5
J9
F1
F7
E2
E3
G2
G5
W500
W510
B5
B10
1O O3
Chassis
Chassis
ATION GRID
(¢)-R1701 r~
41702
(§)-R1702~
41703
1017041
c-
~i ®-R1710-QD®
;;~~ ~R1711 .
I®
U
I
(D~R1712-C
R1713-Q~
(3 1
R1714-C ~®
&~
R17 15-C .^'
I ,,
; U1710 ~1
0
N
ital board (A16).
U1610
f)-R1716 ~C
(-R1717 -C
+.
~
®
C1610;;
0
R1718
R1719 ;Z
®
(D-R1720-~D
017203 017211
'Y'
v
w
01722101723 A
00r
NCN
~R1721
m
P
r,)
RR1722IX = &®
U~
I
® &C1721f-C
T
R1724 41
R1725
U
R1622r R1726
R1727
_
U1720
®l 617i2
\Lil/
A16
DC 510
PARTS LOCATION GR
R1001 _Q)
R1oo2_0
R10034)
(D CR1001~N
R1004-Q)
R̀100~ .4w)
& R10064D
&R1007$
R1008 -` P
R1009 -~ D
(D-C14o1
Y I S1210
®I I
¢_
I (§)
0
4444
O
T
O
T
CC
N fh
r
O O
CC Cc
N
O
y 0
N O OI
&Iv p
Fig. 8-12 . Digital board (A16).
©Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Component Number
~A23 'A
T
2' R1234
Assembly
Number
I"
j
~+
Subassembly
Number Of used)
schematic
Circuit
Number
Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List .
a12V A
81317
3.OK
-12.2VA
81315
3K
Ul310
T
M234
C1319
S.6pF
81319
100
81318
3.BK
12 .2VA
81314
3K
T-
NC
C1317
'~' .BIPF
NC
13
CH A-
01311-8
01311-6
-7 .24V -~
81308
1 .0K
81302
47
+12V A
81201
2.8OK
C1200
.B1pF
P1201
81202
200
J1201
CH A
SHAPED
OUT
81204
51
81205
4.02K
+12V A
-12.2VA
o
81107
75 .0
0
+12VA
+12VB goo+12VB
O
+5VA - b
+5VB
C11O8
.01PF
1 +5VA
1
P~i +5V8
1
0 -12.2VA
11
0 -12.2VB
81334
3K
Ui330
81336
3 . OK
81335
3. SK
81339 -12.2VB
100
Rt333
3K
.1 . C1333
.01pF
T
NC
NC
13
M234
CH B-
01331-8
tee
+12VB
-12.2VB
-12-?VA
-12 .2V B
2 81118
1
+z .eeV
01331-6
R1'
2
-7 .24V
81327
1 .0K
-12.2V O
+12VB
81125
2.SOK
81321
47
+5V B
01122
.elpF
1
81124
200
J1130
CH B
SHAPED
OUT
01110-20
81126
4.02K
-12.2V B
NOTES
*L ETCHED INDUCTOR
*9
SEL
SELECTED
COMPONENT
81112
75 .0
C1113
O1pF
DC 510
81128
1so
W
+2 .e8v
3552-46
Ul202A
1458
Table 8-5
COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART
(see Fig. 8-11 and 8-13)
MAIN GATING
P/O A12 ASSY
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
C1003
C1004
C1005
C1010
C1011
C1012
C1013
C1014
C1015
C1107
C1110
C1114
C1118
C1140
L7
L8
F3
J4
07
M6
N8
N7
13
L8
09
N10
K5
17
B1
A2
B2
B2
B3
83
C3
C3
A2
C2
C3
D3
D2
D3
CR1111
H7
D2
DL500
E4
Chassis
J1010
J1102
N2
87
A3
D1
L1009
J2
C2
01000
01100
01110
01111
01112
01114
01200
13
F4
C3
C5
F5
D2
F8
131
C1
C2
C2
D3
C2
E1
81000
81001
81002
81003
H3
K4
H3
14
A1
131
B1
C1
P/O A12 ASSY also shown on
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
81004
81005
81006
81007
81008
81009
81010
81013
81014
81015
81016
81017
81018
81019
81022
81023
81101
81102
81103
81104
81105
81106
81109
81110
81113
81116
81117
81119
81140
K2
K3
G4
E2
L2
J2
J3
M1
M1
N2
M4
M5
06
N2
M6
N6
H8
D3
F5
C4
D6
C6
F3
F6
H7
M2
L6
H6
17
C2
B1
81
81
B2
C2
B2
82
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
D1
D2
C1
D2
C2
C2
D1
D3
D3
B2
C2
C3
D3
U1000
U1001
1.11011
U1110
U1200
U1200
L8
M8
N8
N9
C6
18
B2
C2
B3
D3
D1
D1
OO
;ATION GRID
N
R1400-@R1401-(D
C1300-e /l;-&
01401 .
°
R1310 ®
(~)
I
N
I
o
a ~
I
®,CR1500 .:n
= R1501-:=R1502
R1503
Q151
Yf N -
Q~1511
R1515-=
V ¢¢~ CR1511~
n
~,~ R1516-1~"
0
0
a
F1510
0
0
F1511
u 421
J1611
L
j
a
g,
NNN N N
"
e e e e N
®
I
r
®
II N N I®
®
¢Z), ¢
v
i
N- ®I
~
u cc 1 ®
J~~ I T
®I !N
+!
ti
Il U
O
L
C133
FU1430
A18
ary board (A18) .
'Removed for Option 01
REV NOV 1981
DC 510
PARTS LOCATION GRI
B
A
00
v
C
00
e
a
o
0
E
D
111204
111200
fs)
F
111205
I®
G
111206
111207
111202
~I
U1200~ 1
111203
0
I
N
O
O
3
P1510
P1520
4
0
N
a
r0oo
~R1120~
11112
I
i'ol
I r~
R 1030-
5
Ia
] 030 V1031
~Q1032
C1
~r of olO
¢[US
30
O
N
®CR1124
a
N
=1
®
0!
I
r ®I
N
I
7
®
i-
C1
~ti
®I
= I
C1320-G
~T1
uJ
'C'mf
N
~M
LLL
U
Q1330
N
U¢
I(p
I
C1330-'~-'-
U1330
Y
_N .
WI
U1223(D 1
IT
~I
6
Fig. 8-13 . Auxiliary board (A18) .
Q¢
OZ
QO
m UQ
© Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Y
~O
Component Number
Q U)
J F-
A23 A2 111234
Assembt~
SOierndfit
_
Number
Subassenrb4
Numbrr
!rl used!
Number
Chas > nunmirrl n nrVUnenh havr no f~asembl~
preh>,~
r
N,,,,, N,
>re enJ ut HeD~arVablr tlecincal Part> a~t
®I
® I co C
3-III A
ECL
3
R1197 i----~\
VT
U1001B
110102
+5V
Q1110
class 1
+5V --~~ +5V
JIOIO-3
P1018-3 -"
CIOFM
7PF
+2 .7V
VT
RIM
1 .7K
VT
VT
RItI2
C14 B
ECL
RII9AC
75
Rti0A8 3
75
20
U11100
1 .102
Milk
329f
U1022-1
U1200
.18,8
P11_ _
1O
J1102-5
OLATCN
R1149
IK
CI 1N
.01PF
P1182-9
.2P11
U1200
J1102-7
mum
1, 102_8
O P1102-8 -"
5
P 1102-i
O
PI BI B-9 ~
DC
510
FILTER
-~ U1210-9
J11-1
J7102
MM
FRED A
PERIOD A
MOTH A
TIME KAN
TIIE A- B
RISE/FALL A
RATIO B/A
TOTAL A,A+B,A-B
PROBE COIF
VENT BOLIR A
E
"
Q
LOW
NIGH
JI010-9
REV OCT 1901
3552-47
12 13
X A
ELOPE 1
X B PE-1
XG
ALA
A LSB
VT
RIM
75
LIM
24BN1
VT
u1001c
1 ..162
17
- PIBIB-4
OH A
GNO
G10
B LSD
31810-5
- Plot"
31010-7 ' -
31010-5
PIBIB-7
-" PIB10-5
~ P101B-0
3281111
Ul822-1
R1140
1K
c1 14e
.n PP
UI212-3,5
©Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section
U1200
FRED A
PERIOD A
WIDTH A
TIRE KAN
TINE A-B
R15EI ALL A
RAT10 B/A
TOTAL A,M " ,A-B
4
13 1147 1 8 15
" 1 PA IXII XG
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Component Number
Assembly
Number
PROBE COW
EVENT B MR A
"
LOW
HIGH
REV DOT 1081
X2-47
T
A23 A2 R1234
J
Subassembly
=ScCubahematr
Number (/ used)
Number
Chassis-mounted components have no Asembly Number
ROlx-see end of Repleceeble Electrical Parts List.
XA
SLOPE AA
(HIGH:IEG SLOPE :
XB
E~ (HGH ~NEG SLOPE :
XG - Uff (HIGH-STOP,LOW-GO)
MAIN GATING
Table 8-6
COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART
(see Fig. 8-12)
P/O A16 ASSY
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
CH A & CH B COUNT CHAINS
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
C1121
C1211
C1801
L8
M8
M8
C4
D3
M2
01701
01702
01703
01704
G2
F2
G8
F8
L1
L1
L2
L2
R1014
R1021
R1207
R1208
R1209
R1701
R1702
R1703
R1710
R1711
R1712
R1713
17
H8
E4
E6
E4
G1
F8
E2
D3
C7
D7
C2
B4
B5
E1
E1
E1
K1
K1
L2
L2
L2
L3
L3
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
O
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
R1714
R1715
R1716
R1717
D2
C7
G3
F9
L3
L3
K3
K3
U1102
U1113
U1114
U1115
U1120
U1121
U1122
U1211
U1212
U1312
U1710
U1801
U1810
E4
J2
K4
K2
H2
G4
G6
16
L8
L6
E7
E2
D2
D1
C4
C4
D4
C5
C5
D5
D4
E4
F4
K3
L2
L3
W520A
W530A
B2
B8
Chassis
Chassis
P/O A16 ASSY also shown on
DC 510
PARTS LOCATION GRID
B
A
C
D
E
G
F
OW1302
iT 13151001 F)
I
x @
2
DSiOO
3
01
al
S6
AM
Lv, ii al
DS10021) DSlOM 13151101 D IDS1 02D DS1103E) D&ZAD DS1202D DS1301
11
~lo,
Him
H
., r!
laKIII ,
H ILVE
Lt. IN
e
AN
0
DS1104
I
I
cm
~jl"l
DS1203
I FS1
112S1211
\DSJJ
Slll
00
r
I
~j
1
1
Slill
0'' DS11
0(M_1111
S1113
)j
L\,DS1113
ct
2
f--1
S1114
1~
)
DS11 4
Ni- 1
`
0112~
125
'
EDS
S1213
S 1"
(Dill
D 11
SlSll
r13
1132
1 12
L
IDS
Sl1 13 2
F-1
1
3
E~D 1134
6
DS1306
S1031' 1
0(~qj
-~DS
'
Sl 21
-
S413'
§
0
S1312
lL
Sl
30
4
L0(7-D~314
S
C1321
132"
221 0122212R
IV lip
SJE¢7
P132
V111i
.,
DS1325
a S1222
3
002-020~01LLM ILI
DS11 1
I2
21
soil
1304
Q l31
[777~_ .j1126,(L'rQ107 S1221
Ul 121
O1303
SS
D 1311
1213
A L",
5
S1142
DS1211
01 121,'L-\ /--A
01122v)(W
0 123
4
n
.II,
.
3
S132
F-1
222
(0~r~E .
Sl
AS132
El
S132
j
DS1323
124
"ol
Sl'
232'
I
1
S12 3
E-1
61~2 J3
D-~Sl
S1232
S1
a S134
D12 4
SiAl
a,o
1
S133
Q
F
SlF
322
_1
MOVE)
1'
324
Ilk
,F
S16
1332
3 2
91
QS1332
S!l (D
S1'
334
3
0
(3897-36)3552-25
MEN
Fig. 8-14. Display board (A 10).
JG-l Static Sensitive Devices
W See Maintenance Section
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Component Number
%M*
Number
211 -R0234
0
Schemat'ic
L Circuit
Subassembly
Number
Number (it used)
Chassis mounted
components have no Asserl
Parts Nmber
List
prefix-see end of bomaw Bectircal
A10
W520A
W520B
3
4
rleel-15 -i
l J10B1-15
15
J1B10-8 -~
5
P1018-11
P1B01-20
JiB1B-11~ {-~
n
Pla01-16 -0.
P10B1-18 F
J1ae1-1a
W530A
W5308
74
9
DC 510
3552-48
U1113A
74LS393
CLEAR
D B OC DO
U1115A
,4529
CH A
SLOW
15
5
P4 PS P6 P7 P8
P, P2 P3
to SER IN
C
P/S
U1419-3
SERIAL DATA
Q8
U1319-12
P/S
QE 3
P P P
6 7
B
P3 P4
7
CH B
SLOW
U1410-38
©Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section
6
QD
12
CLEAR
J1 11313
74LS393
QA
to C
9
15
Qe
QC DO
U1212
4040
CE
R
U1115B
14520
TYPE
10131
19231
14529
4021
4040
a12V
_.
74LS74
74LS393 LM339
3
+SV CND NC
t,i6 e
1 ,16 8
16
e
2
18
8
2
16
8
14
7
14
7
12
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Component Number
A23 12, R1234
Number
CHANNEL A & CHANNEL 8 COUNT CHAINS
Circuit
Subassembly
Number (if used)
Number
Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of
NOTE u, 192, Ul710 ARE USED AS ECL TO CMOS CONVERTERS .
3552-48
cbemalic
Assembly
4O
JCS
Replaceable Electrical
Parts List .
Table 8-7
COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART
(see Fig. 8-11 and 8-13)
P/0 A12 ASSY
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
TIME BASE & 320 MHz PLL
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
C1020
C1021
C1022
C1023
C1024
C1025
C1030
C1031
C1032
C1034
C1120
C1121
C1123
C1130
C1131
H8
F7
G8
G6
L8
L8
15
K6
L6
M8
K7
L6
L8
K7
M8
B4
B4
B4
B5
B4
B4
A5
A6
B5
B6
C5
C5
C4
C5
C6
CR1130
L5
C6
01130
L7
C5
R1020
R1021
H6
H7
B5
C5
P/O A12 ASSY also shown on
P/O A18 ASSY
C1300
C1301
C1410
C1411
C1413
C1420
C1421
C1430
C1431
C1510
C1521
C1522
C1523
B4
D4
D7
D5
C5
D3
D2
C1
D1
H2
B3
C2
D3
H2
H2
J3
J2
H2
K4
K4
J4
J4
K2
L4
K4
L4
J1510
J1511
13
12
K2
K2
L1420
L1421
B3
C2
J4
J3
P1510
P1511
13
12
C3
K2
01300
01401
01420
01500
C7
C4
D3
H2
H2
H2
K4
K2
R1310
R1311
B6
D6
H2
H2
P/O A18 ASSY also shown on
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
R1030
R1031
R1032
R1033
R1034
R1035
R1036
R1037
R1122
R1127
R1130
R1131
R1132
G5
H5
15
J5
J6
H5
17
K5
J8
L7
K6
M9
M7
A5
A5
A5
A6
A6
B5
C5
B5
C4
C5
C5
C5
D5
TP1020
J5
B6
U1020
U1021
U1022
U1030
G7
F6
H7
J6
B4
B4
C4
B5
OO
TIME BASE & 320 MHz PLL
R1312
R1400
R1401
R1402
R1410
R1411
R1412
R1414
R1420
R1421
R1424
R1430
R1431
R1510
R1511
R1512
R1520
D6
C4
D5
G2
C6
B5
C5
D6
D2
D3
C3
D2
D1
G2
H2
H2
C2
H2
H2
J2
K2
J2
H2
H2
H2
K4
K4
K4
J4
J4
K2
K2
K2
L4
TP1400
E6
J2
U1400
U1410
U1411
U1430
U1500
U1500
C5
C7
F3
C1
14
G2
J2
J2
K2
J6
K1
K1
Y1520
Y1530
B2
E1
L4
L5
OO
*.
v1 s30
* *U 1430
LM317
+33V
F1510
1 OHM
+18V
C1430
0 .1pF
TOP
VIEW
LM317
L1421
3 .9pH
+12V
U1500F
1OMHZ
* 01522
24pF
L1510'
0 .1pF
74LS04
12
123
* Y1520
R151 I
1 .2K
R1402
20
13
* R1520
1BK
>
R151O
510
Q1420
* R1424
5 .6K
11510
12
P
4V
U1411
+5V
74LS90
L1420
9pH
01300
0 .1wF~
0 P1600 - 16A
~~
POWER
MODULE
PI6130-17A
t
~-0
PI600 - 17B
t
CH A IN
1MH
Q1401
NOTES
CH A GNO
t
' P1600-16B
~ CH B CNO
R1412
IK
LM311
R1411 Z
+12V
U1400
1 C1413
100pF
3
174LS90
LM311
MM5837
PADS ONLY
0V
C1411
01pF
+IV
-12 .2V
R1401
1K
1MHz
P1230-5
I
I
TYPE
THESE PARTS ADDED
IN OPT . 01 .
* THESE PARTS REMOVED
IN OPT . 01 .
1V
CH B IN
**
+12V I+5V 1
1
8
5
I
1
GN0
17x 01
1
-12Y
4
1 ,2
I
NC
I
J
5,6,7,8
+SV
R1031
9 .1K
R1035
33K
1MHz
112313-5
R1030
39K
U1021
U1030A
4044
+1 .56V
Cl 023 L
81,F
MC1458
Z R1020
15K
NOISE
11102-7
P1102-7
U1020
IMH.
+5V
VT
R11228
100
R1021
360
3
SPS627
01021
B1pF ;
U1022C
100131
8
C1020
001yF
C1022
01pF
R1122A
100
+121 ~~ +12V
+5V
-12 .2V P1
+5V
-12 .2V
REV OCT 1981
3552-49
80MHZ
;T 1981
Z-49
©Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Component Number
3
Assembly
Number
A2,,R1234,
T
+
-
L Schematic
Circuit
Number
Subassembly
Number Of used)
Chassis-mounted camprurm, have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List .
Table 8-8
COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART
(see Fig. 8-13)
D/A'S, RELAY PROTECT & ARMING
P/O A18 ASSY
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
CR1500
CR1510
CR1511
L7
18
J8
L2
L2
L2
.11500
J1611
J540
1-18
C5
G8
L1
M3
Chassis
P1400
P1420
P1500
P1520
P1611
M6
M6
H8
C8
B5
D1
D4
K1
C4
M3
01510
01511
is
K8
L2
L2
R1000
R1100
R1101
R1110
R1111
R1112
R1113
R1114
R1115
R1200
R1201
R1202
R1203
R1204
R1205
C7
F6
F5
E4
E7
F5
F6
E8
E5
H5
G5
K6
J6
16
H5
B2
D2
D2
C2
C2
D2
D2
D3
D3
E2
E2
F2
F2
E1
E1
P/O A18 ASSY also shown on
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
O3
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
R1206
R1207
R1210
R1211
R1212
R1213
R1214
R1215
R1403
R1500
R1501
R1502
R1503
R1504
R1513
R1514
R1515
R1516
M6
K6
H5
16
15
L6
L6
K5
D7
H8
J7
L7
L8
D6
18
17
K8
H7
F1
F1
E2
E2
E2
F2
F2
F2
11
L2
L2
L2
L2
L1
L2
L2
L2
L3
01111
U1200
U1210
U1220
U1221
U1222
U1310
E7
J5
14
H2
L2
F2
M4
D2
E2
E2
E4
E4
F4
F2
VR1001
W520B
W530B
W540
D7
B4
B4
G8
B2
Chassis
Chassis
Chassis
5O
Ii
SERIAL
CLOCK
1,1002-12
JIOO1-21
31002-12
SERIAL CLOCK
002-3
OLATCH
P,10~
31001-13 ---4-
~1,1002-3
~
1,`
U1020-3
OLATCH
FILTER
U1020-1
001-13
P/O A10 BD
+SV
U1220
40940
IOUTPUT
ENABLE
STROBE
SERIAL
DATA
1,1010-3
31010-1
P1~
f-
310111-2 -"
31010-6--IJ 1010-5 -"
31010-4-1-
~1
W530B
11530A
A
31001-19
31001-11
1
NC
Q2
QI
1
5
I
I4
08
a
07
11
Q6
12
Q5
13
Q4
14
1,1 002-0 I
'
4
CH
FASTI
4
A1
LM339
5
A2
7
6
A3
A4
0
AS
1
J1092-7
A
'
A9
LSB
LSB
81201
1 .24K
MR1
31002-5
5011 B PROTECT
t J1 002-4
500 A PROTECT
}
81112
10K
~
R11-13
+5V
I J1002-2 E
111
A7
OUTPUT
B
1,10
9
A6
4
31002-8
~JI002-10
1,1002-2 I
5
MSB
CNO
1,11101-15
1,1002-10
f-
L
Q
Q2
6
NC
U1111A
RI IIO
2 .37K
CH A
FAST
h,
1,1002-5
Q3
7
}1,1010-8
--
1,1001
1,1001-12
31001-10 ~-
NC
6
MSB
CH B
CNO
1,1010-7
-~ t1
31001-12
Q3
1417
DATA
LSB
~~ 1
1,1611
/
QS Q4
13
Q's
CH A
1,1010-5
CND
~CH A
\1,1010
2
qO 31001-15 F
LSB
05
12
P1010~
I_
W520B
Q7
11
CH B
GNO
W520A
31001-I6 ~
DATA
MSB
QB
MR1
1,1010-2
}
3 10111-7 -!
J1010-8--m.
010 1
CLOCK
CLOCK
U1020-10
NC
OUTPUT
ENABLE
STROBE
RESET L
U1 500A
74LS04
+SV
+2 .SV
+SV
A
OFFSET
ADJ
I OK
81504
4 .7K
50 PWIECI
31001-14
.6-P/O A10 BD
81516
510 ;
+SV
POWER
MODULE
!PISOO-26A
'
71510-10
31520-10
-i
1,1510-10
520-10
EXTERNAL
RESET
500 PROTECT A
SENSE
500 PROTECT
SENSE
+12V
+SV
IN p-
U1111C
+12V
IN
oppC
+5V 1
+5V2
so
IN
+5V 2
+2 . SV -o
10
+2 .SV
-5v
IN
510
ol
N
81114
2 .37K
LM339
ARM
IN
VPK
10V
s
+5V
+SV 1
-12 .2V 1
DC
B
-SV
-12 .2V
3SS2-56
U1221
U1220
+SV
40948
40948
15
OUTPUT
ENABLE
SERIAL DATA
10
MENNEN
MENNEN
111111
A2
A3
A4
AS
A6
A7
A8
OUTPUT
13
A8
At 0
LSB
A1
MSB
U1210
MC3410
A2
+
CND
R1210
1.24K
A4
AS
A6
16
15
A3
A7
AS
A9
Ate
LSB
OUTPUT
U1310
MC3410
GND
115
R1215
1 .24K
CH A GNO
R12B5
25e
R1200
1 .19K
A
OFFSET
AOJ
3
R1212
s19.0
2
1
MC1458
RIM
250
R1211
909.0
P1400-2
U1200A
A
RANGE
ADJ
CH A LEVEL
+2 .SV
-" J1200-1
CH B CND
R1203
1 .24K
R1207
250
R1202
1 .19K
B
OFFSET
ADJ
-NVs~
R1213
619 0 6
1
R1214
909 .0
FJ1400-2
P1420-2
CH
LEVIL
P1420-1
i
i- J1420-2
J1420-1
J
B
RANGE
ADJ
EXT ARM 1N
© Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
a
O
Component Number
A23 Y
A2 R̀1T
23~4
Assembly
Number
`
J
Subassembly
Number (if used)
Schematic
Circuit
Number
Ihassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List .
35250
D/A ' S , 50Q PROTECT & ARMING
\?/1c.
a rM
,n
m
Table 8-9
COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART
(see Fig. 8-11 and 8-13)
RELAY DRIVE
P/O A12 ASSY
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
L4
04
L3
M4
L4
02
N4
N2
K4
L8
K6
07
N7
N5
L5
N4
K4
M2
N4
K3
M4
14
14
J3
J6
K6
L6
K1
K1
K3
L3
L3
K2
K2
L2
K3
J4
J4
K5
K5
L5
K5
L2
M3
L2
M1
L3
L3
M3
M3
N3
M4
M5
L4
C1506
C1507
C1512
C1513
C1514
C1515
C1516
C1517
C1519
C1524
C1525
C1536
C1537
C1538
C1539
C1607
C1611
C1612
C1613
C1614
C1615
C1616
C1617
C1621
C1622
C1623
C1624
P/O A12 ASSY also shown on
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
C1625
C1626
C1632
C1633
C1634
C1635
C1636
C1637
C1639
M8
13
M7
M6
M5
K5
M5
J4
J6
L4
M4
L5
L5
L6
M6
M6
M5
N5
J1510
J1520
12
17
L3
L4
K1500
K1510
K1511
K1520
K1521
K1530
K1600
K1610
K1611
K1612
K1620
K1630
K1631
K1632
03
L3
N3
L7
N7
07
M3
L3
K3
13
L7
M7
K7
J3
K2
K2
L2
K5
L4
K5
L2
M2
M2
M3
M4
L5
M5
M5
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
iO O2
RELAY DRIVE O7
P/O A18 ASSY
C1030
C1031
E4
D5
B6
B5
CR1120
CR1121
CR1122
CR1123
CR1124
H6
G6
G6
G6
F4
C3
C3
D3
D3
D4
01030
01031
01032
01120
01121
E5
D5
E4
FS
F5
B5
B5
B5
C4
D4
P/O A18 ASSY also shown on
R1030
R1031
R1032
R1033
R1120
R1121
D5
D4
D4
D5
F5
G5
B5
B5
B5
B5
D4
D4
01010
U1020
01021
01110
D3
D6
F8
F1
B2
B5
C5
C2
3O O5
DC 510
3552-51
t
J151B-7
!(-~
C1515
.BIyF
x5
K1500
CISB6 .L
.B1pF ;
f
C1939
.BIpF
f
T
C1539
.BIyF
,l. C1638
.B1pF
C1615
.L C1634
T .BIyF
C1613 1
.91pF
C1507
.Bl
C1536
.BIyF
C1536
.B1pF
C1537
.BIyF
C1632
.BIyF
©Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Component Number
C1525
. B1 yF ;
RELAY
CONNECTOR
TOP VIEW
4
~T
A23 A~
2
3
Assembly
Number
YRR1134,
III------.
.
Subassembfy
Number (i/used)
Schematic
Circuit
Number
Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Pans List .
JCS
DC 510
Table 8-10
COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART
(see Fig. 8-11, 8-12 and 8-13)
POWER SUPPLIES
P/O A16 ASSY
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
C1020
C1021
C1022
C1023
C1621
C1721
C1722
C1723
C1810
H8
18
H8
18
C9
D6
H8
G8
G6
B4
B5
B5
B6
K5
K5
L5
L6
L4
CR1020
CR1620
CR 1720
CR1721
J8
D5
F7
G8
B6
K4
L4
L5
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
F1820
F1821
B6
B8
L5
M5
L1020
H8
B5
P1820
A6
N5
01720
01721
01722
01723
D6
E6
C6
C5
K4
L4
K4
L4
R1022
R1620
17
C5
B6
K4
P/O A16 ASSY also shown on
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
R1621
R1622
R1718
R1719
R1720
R1721
R1722
R1724
R1725
R1726
R1727
R1728
R1820
R1821
D6
C8
E6
E6
E6
D6
C6
B5
B9
E9
B8
F8
F6
B6
K4
K5
L4
K4
L4
K4
K4
K5
K5
K5
K5
L5
M4
M4
U1720
D8
K6
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
4O O9
POWER SUPPLIES
P/O A12 ASSY
C1211
C1212
C1213
C1220
C1221
C1231
K6
K6
K4
K4
K3
K7
E4
E4
E4
E4
D4
F6
C1233
C1234
K6
K5
E5
E5
J1230
K4
E5
L1120
L1220
K4
K4
D4
E4
P/O A12 ASSY also shown on
1O
SO
8O
L1221
L1230
L1231
L1232
L1233
K6
K3
K4
K3
K7
E4
D5
E5
E5
E6
R1133
R1221
K6
K6
D5
E4
2O
8O
POWER SUPPLIES
P/O A18 ASSY
C1230
C1231
C1232
C1310
C1320
C1321
C1322
C1324
C1330
C1331
C1332
H3
H2
12
C2
C4
B4
G3
G1
16
J2
H6
F5
F5
F5
H3
G4
G5
H5
H4
G5
G6
H5
J1002
H5
A3
P1010
P1230
P1600
K2
J4
A3
M3
H5
N3
01330
01331
G2
K1
F5
H5
01332
01333
K2
J2
H6
H6
CR1232
G3
F5
F1510
F1511
B1
B3
K3
L3
R1313
R1314
R1315
R1321
R1322
B2
B2
C1
B4
B3
G3
H3
H3
F5
G5
P/O A18 ASSY also shown on
O3
5O
R1323
R1324
R1331
R1332
R1333
R1334
R1335
R1413
R1425
R1426
C4
E4
J2
J2
J2
J2
J1
E1
F1
F3
G5
H5
H6
H5
G6
G6
H5
J3
H4
H4
U1223
U1320
U1330
U1420
H2
D3
16
C1
F5
G4
G5
H3
VR1410
VR1411
D1
E2
J3
J3
A
e
I
+12V
P1600-9A
P1600-98
P1600-4A
R1313
9.53K
c
I
+2 .SV
R1315
2K
I
o
I
E
F
I
I
+9Y,
+11 .5V
5
4
R1314
2.49K
_
1C1231
0.1PF
POWER - P1600-40
MODULE
P1600-3A
P1600-30
M
r5V
R1322
2.49K
R1321
2 .49K
DC
c
510
+2 .SV
NC =
POWER
MODULE
T
10
+5.OV
?YP
P1600-6A
R1324
2K
+5 .25V
TYP
3552-52
+12V
O
01324
1 4.7liF
10
O
TYPE
723C
+12V
+12V
12
NC
CNO
7 1x8,8,14
-11111 .
01322
22yF
J1010-3
C1230
; .01pF
I
J_001-38 '
i i
P1001-37
"
U v '
"
P1230-6
' J1052-15
P1002-15 '
\\
.eev
01332
0.1yF
-12I2V
U1330
721.85
C1330
0.1 pF
-
_v
-__
SV
I
-.
'
J1230-6
-.
'
81221
62
81133
62
J1802-17
-12.2V
P1230-8
-12.2V
.~
.i
J1230-8
C1211
T 22NF
+L 01233
~
nNF~
-~0("
31921 +1 07212
-12 2V
. A
4.7pF
-
,
"U
© Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Component Number
A23 A2 81234
1
C
-~ P1B01-34 J
-~ P1001-31
TYPE
+12V
723C
12
I
Assembly
Number
Subassembly
Number (d used)
Schematic
Circuit
Number
Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List .
.
GIND NC
7 ; 6
POWER SUPPLIES
Table 8-11
COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART
(see Fig. 8-12)
PROCESSOR AND DISPLAY DRIVERS
P/O A16 ASSY
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
C1101
C1201
C1401
C1501
C1520
C1601
C1610
H9
H2
E3
E1
D4
G1
E6
C2
E2
G1
J1
J4
J2
J4
CR1001
CR1010
K7
J8
B1
B3
J1001
J1210
J1211
L7
L5
B8
A3
G3
G3
R1001
R1002
R1003
R1004
R1005
R1006
R1007
R1008
R1009
R1010
R1011
R1012
R1013
R1103
R1201
R1202
R1203
R1204
L6
L7
L7
L6
L6
L7
L7
L8
L8
L9
L8
L9
L9
12
12
H3
G2
G2
B1
B1
B1
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B4
B4
B4
B4
D1
D1
D1
D1
E1
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
O
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
R1205
R1206
R1210
R1220
R1301
R1420
R1520
R1521
R1601
H2
12
K2
C3
L2
J3
D4
C4
H1
D2
E1
E3
E5
E2
G5
J5
J5
J2
S1210
K4
D3
TP1410
TP1411
TP1420
C2
G1
11
G4
G4
F5
01101
01110
01111
01112
01210
01310
01311
01313
01314
01410
01420
U1421
01510
U1520
U1610
16
J9
H8
H6
14
J1
F9
D2
C1
G6
C5
C6
G1
D5
G7
C1
C3
C3
D3
E3
F3
F3
F4
F5
H3
G5
H5
J2
H5
J3
W1303
D3
E3
P/O A16 ASSY also shown on
4O
8O
U1121-9
U
2
13
F
1s f
U1314C
.,
RESET HC
J10O1-27
I
- 81601
30K
6
4049
# 900kHZ
U1520F
4049
/13
U1210-1
P1101-27
CLOCK
~TP1411
4049
U1314A
4049
OLATCH
J1001
P1001-13
U1314E
[LATCH
T
TP1420
CNO
Jt(2
U1610-20
57S
TP141O
7
5V
U1111-9 .4
8120
16 .9
U1112-9
U1310-1
CLOCK H .C .
JIOOI-26
P1001-26
P1001-18
P1001-21
~-
Im . Ji. 091-22
+5V
+5V
R1420B
10K
LMEM
P1210-3
~~
J1210-3
2
+5V
U1421A
10
74LSOO
U1112
74LS174
1\ 211 16
P1211-16 H
J12~11-15
P1211-15 H
NC
0
7
+5V
1
P1211-14 H
P1211-13 H
P1211-72 H
P1211-71
H
P1211-10 H
P1211-9
fj
P1211-8
f~
P1211-7
H
P1211-6
H
P1211-5
H
P1211-4
H
P1211-3
H
P1211-2
H
P1211-1
J1211-14
J1/ 211 13
~
J12 11-12
+SV
~~
r-
+SV
J1 211-11
U1111
74LS174
J1211-11
J1, z11-9
~
J1
J1211-7
J1211-6
1/
211
5
J1~
2~1
4
J1/
211
3
J 1211 2
~ J1211-I
TYPE
+5V
2332
3539
24
22
4049
6504
1,16
4
6531
21
14
74LSOO
74LS138
74LS139
74LS174
74LS47
+5V
+5V 0
16
80097
r7C1314T
-
ONO
12
7
8
8
B
3,5,16
r-9
01101
O .1pF
8
8
8
U13
U1311
3539
D C 510
3
8
2
16
16
16
00
REV OCT 1981
3552-53
CLOCK
'P1411
-O R16B1
30K
TP1420
GINO
p S001011
D ae4s OF
14
1S
T2
J1 31 OA
8OC97
01313-9
U1 6 1e-20 O9
1
O
HE
3
,
FUNCTION
J1001-29
4
MORE
J1B01-35
7 ~
6
RELAYS
J1001-32
9 ~
-_
'B-
MISC
J1001-24
5
+SV
+SV
?5K
+
0
C00 F
R12B5
+6
R11B3
9
U1102D
+
8
R1210G
10K
9
10
R121BH
IBK
R1210J
10K
R1420A
10K
2
L1339
+SV
R142BC
IBK
RESET
01520E
4049
6
7
6
10-30 .SEC
s-1-
EN01
40PSEC
8OC97
3
13
5
7
OUT1
OUT6
OUT2
OUTS
OUT3
OUT4
11112
DIS1
01313-1
11
IN1
INS
IN2
J1O01 -1 2
INS
IN3
IN4
5
2
11
4
GPIB
ADDR
MEN
12
9
6
8
7
I
500 8 PROTECT
51210
7
1 P1210-4
J121~ -y
P1210-5
J1001-11<
RI21OA-F
10KX6
01210
81207
P1001-24
500 A PROTECT
EXTERNAL RESET
A6
P1001-32
J1210-4
J1001-28
COIL
PRESCALE
01520-9
F P1001-35
81301
10K
IRq
11-
F P1001-29
POWER UP
RESET
+sv
w'
R1 202
-,-
81206
1OK
1K
203
15K
981
R12B1
16 .9K
# 1mSEC
J-I-
2
6
J
I P1BO1-12
PIOOI-14
J1001-10
-
P( 2
JI210-2
DO
J1210-13
01
J1210-12
D2
J1210-11
D3
J1210-10
04
J1210-9
D5
J121 0-8
D6
J1210-7
D7
J1210-6
R/W
J1210-14
'
-~
J1210-1
O7
P1OB1-11
J10
J1001-1
74LS174
P,00, -'S
~
1
P1001-10
~~
P1210-2
H
P1210-13
-
P1210-12
-
P1210-11
H
P1210-10
f~
P1210-9
H
P1210-8
H
P1210-7
-
P1210-6
-
P121O-14
~
1
P1210-1
-~ P1001-1
P1001-4
1 P1001-5
1 P1001-6
-i P1001-7
P1001-2
P1001-3
P1001-e
P1001-9
1
© Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
y PTOO1-30
Component Number
PIOOI-36
A23, _A22 '81~23~4
Assembly
P1001-33
Number
Schematic
t
Subassembly
h Cueue
Number (t used)
-~ P1001-25
/I
Chassis mounted components have no
prefie-see end o1 Replaceable
PROCESSOR
&
DISPLAY
DRIVERS
Number
Assembly Number
Electrical Parts UsL
Table 8-12
COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART
(see Fig . 8-14)
PUSH BUTTONS AND LED's
P/O A10 ASSY
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
C1321
C1
F3
DS1004
DS1005
DS1104
DS1111
DS1112
DS1113
DS1114
DS1131
DS1132
DS1133
DS1134
DS1203
DS1211
DS1213
DS1214
DS1221
DS1222
DS1223
DS1224
DS1231
DS1232
DS1233
DS1234
DS1302
DS1303
DS1304
DS1306
DS1311
DS1313
DS1314
DS1321
DS1323
DS1325
DS1331
DS1332
DS1333
13
13
J3
L4
L4
L5
L5
L7
L7
L8
L8
J3
16
J6
15
K4
K4
K5
K6
K7
K7
K9
K9
K2
L1
L2
K2
110
19
18
J4
J6
18
J7
J8
J9
C2
B2
D2
C3
D3
C3
D3
C5
D5
C6
D6
E2
E3
E3
E3
E4
E4
E5
E5
E5
E5
E6
E6
G1
G1
G2
F2
F3
F3
G3
F4
F5
G4
F5
G5
F6
J1321
J550
B1
B1
F4
Chassis
P1321
B1
F4
01121
01122
H1
E3
C4
C4
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
P/O A10 ASSY also shown on
10
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
01123
01124
01125
01126
01127
01221
01222
G2
E3
F3
F2
F2
G2
H1
D4
C4
C4
D4
D4
E4
E4
R1321
C1
F4
S1111
S1112
S1113
S1114
S1131
S1132
S1133
S1134
S1211
S1212
S1213
S1214
S1221
S1222
S1223
S1224
S1231
S1232
S1233
S1234
S1311
S1312
S1313
S1314
S1321
S1322
S1323
S1324
S1331
S1332
S1333
S1334
C3
C4
C5
C5
C7
C7
C8
C8
C6
C5
C6
C5
C4
C4
C5
C6
C7
C7
C9
C9
C10
C8
C9
C8
C4
C4
C6
C6
C7
C8
C9
C9
C2
D2
C3
D3
C5
D5
C5
D5
E2
E2
E3
E3
E4
E4
E4
E4
E5
E5
E5
E5
F2
G2
F3
G3
F4
G4
F4
G4
F5
G5
F5
G5
U1121
C2
D4
OOO
11
G
C
PROBE
COMP
J1001-23 -i
2
(J1001-26~
1J1001-27---w.
J550
' P1321
-\
1
T
Ci321
10OPF
. PIOO1-23
+5 .7V
' P1001-26
CLOCK H.C
I
(JiBB1-31 ~ ~
t,J1001-34 ~
J1321
P1001-27
R1321
1 OK
RESET H.C .
PI001-31
~ +SVD
DISPLAY
POWER
' P1001-39
DISPLAY
GND
Ul121
4017
NC
12
VOLTS/
JIOOI-24 i-
P1001-24
MISC
TERM 50O/lM0 (CH A)
SLOPE -/+ (CH A)
FRED A
4
PERIOD A
WIDTH A
LEVEL CH A
RESET
J,001-29 f-
- PIOOI-29
FUNCTION
ATTEN Xl/X5 (CH A)
COUPL AC/DC (CH A)
TIME A+ B
RISE/FALL-A
RATIO B/A
6
NULL
FILTER (20MHz)
P1001-32
J1001-32 f- ~-
RELAYS
TERM 50O/1MR (CH B)
SLOPE -/+ (CH B)
TOTAL A
TOTAL A+B
TOTAL A-B
TEST
AVGS 10 N
INST . I D
J1001
-35P1001-35
f- ~-
EL1
:1
MORE
ATTEN Xl/X5 (CH B)
COUPL AC/DC (CH B)
PROBE COMP
TIME MAN
9
EVENTS B OUR A
AUTO TRIG
LEVEL CH B
MEASURE
START/!
MEASUREMENT
START/STOP
OS1001-14
DC 510
OS1002- 14
OS1003-14
OS1101-14
OS1^-14
OS1103-14
OS1201-14
REV OCT 1901
3552-54
DS1202-14
S1301-14
+SV
-
41121
~I
OS1303
Q1222
,,122,
®I
'
u
'
f- J10O1-9
j
OS1304
0
DS 1302
DS 1306
DS 1203
U
W
'
DS1104
051004
061BB5
TERM Sill (CH A)
~~
FRED A
r
.f- J1001-25
DS 1112
DS1221
PERIOD A
DS 1222
WIDTH A
LEVEL CH A
P1001-25
OS1111
SLOPE -/+ (CH A)
r
W DS1214
051321
-
ATTN X1/X5 ICH A1
COUPL AC/DC (CH A)
TIME AFB
RATIO B/A
r
r
2~%~
~
PIOOI-30
x
`-DS 1113
"- JIOOI-30
DS1114
DS1223
RISE/FALL A
f
S1224
j
DS 1323
NULL
FILTER
IzenH~l
,
OS1213
,Yl~
A DS1211
TERM 500/IMD (CH 8)
PIOOI-33
OS1131
SLOPE -/+ ICH BI
TOTAL A
TEST
AVGS 1 0
DS1132
DS1232
j
TOTAL A-B
j
FJIOOI-33
DS 1231
TOTAL A+B
DS1331
~
051332
N
DS1314
OWA
OS1325
P1001-36
ATTEN XI/X5 (CH B)
COUPL AC/DC (CH BI
PROBE COMP
TIME MAN
j
EVENTS B OUR A
~/
r
4
j
~= OS1133
f- J1001-36
OS1134
OS1233
© Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section
051234
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
051333
Component Number
LEVEL CH B
I
91-14
P1001-9
~~~
.~~
-
j
l
OS1202-14
MEASUREMENT
START/STOP
,
~'
051313
` W' US13M
Assembly
Number
A23 A2 R1234
Y~~Schematic
h Circud
Subassembly
Number
Number (if used)
Chassis mountedcomponents have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List .
OS1301-14
P/O
A10
DISPLAY BOARD
PUSHBUTTONS & LED'S
JCS
Table 8-13
COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART
(see Fig. 8-14)
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
DS1001
DS1002
DS1003
DS1101
DS1102
DS1103
11
DISPLAY
P/O A10 ASSY
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
C5
D5
E5
F5
G5
15
B1
B1
C1
C1
D1
D1
P/O A10 ASSY also shown on
SCHEMATIC
LOCATION
BOARD
LOCATION
DS1201
DS1202
DS1301
J5
K5
LS
E1
E1
F1
131001
B6
G2
CIRCUIT
NUMBER
4O O
10
Q1124
(MS01
14
Q1122
051001
e
14
Q1126
Q1125
D91092
_
14
DS1003
_
14
Q1127
DS1101
_
14
DS1102
_
1
al
d
e f
31001-1
31001-4
31001-5
31001-6
31001-7
31001-2
31001-3
31001-8
P1001 1
d
e b c d e f 9
dP
e b c d e f 9
dP
e b c d e f 9
dP
. -b o d e f 9
e
P1001
P1001-5
c
P1001-6
d
P1001-7
0
P1001-2
f
P1001-3
9
P1001-8
dP
DC 510
-
_
3552-55
dP
a b
1.
Q1127
Q1123
DS1182
14
b o d a f 9
Q1221
OS1103
14
dl,
e b o d e f p
Q1222
OS1201
14
dp
e b o d o 1 9
Q1121
OS1202
14
dP
e b c d e f 9
11
dp
8
OS1301
14
e b o d e f 9
1 1318 8 7 2 11
dP
8
I
1
1
1
© Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Component Number
A23 A2 R1234
I
I
~
ematic
Assembly ~I
1
SchCircuit
Number
Subassembly
Number
Number (it used)
Chassis mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List.
3552-55
DISPLAY
Section 9-DC 510
REPLACEABLE
MECHANICAL PARTS
PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION
INDENTATION SYSTEM
Replacement parts are, available from or through your local
Tektronix, Inc . Field Office of representative .
This mechanical parts list is indented to indicate item
relationships . Following is an example of the indentation system
used in the description column .
Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to
accommodate improved components as they become available,
and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements
developed in our engineering department . It is therefore
important, when ordering parts, to include the following
information in your order : Part number, instrument type or
number, serial number, and modification number if applicable .
1 2 3 4 5
Detail Part of Assembly and/or Component
Attaching parts for Detail Part
If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or
improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc . Field Office or
representative will contact you concerning any change in part
number .
Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this
manual .
SPECIAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS
X000
Part first added at this serial number
00X
Part removed after this serial number
Parts of Detail Part
Attaching parts for Parts of Detail Part
Attaching Parts always appear in the same indentation as
the item it mounts, while the detail parts are indented to the right.
Indented items are part of, and included with, the next higher
indentation . The separation symbol ---' --- indicates the end of
attaching parts .
Attaching parts must be purchased separately, unless otherwise
specified.
FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBERS
Items in this section are referenced by figure and index
numbers to the illustrations .
Name & Description
Assembly and/or Component
Attaching parts for Assembly and/or Component
ITEM NAME
In the Parts List, an Item Name is separated from the
description by a colon (:) . Because of space limitations, an Item
Name may sometimes appear as incomplete . For further Item
Name identification, the U .S . Federal Cataloging Handbook H6-1
can be utilized where possible .
ABBREVIATIONS
k
ACTR
ADPTR
ALIGN
AL
ASSEM
ASSY
ATTEN
AWG
BD
BRKT
BRS
BRZ
BSHG
CAB
CAP
CER
CHAS
CKT
CgMP
CONN
COV
CPLG
CRT
DEG
DWR
INCH
NUMBER SIZE
ACTUATOR
ADAPTER
ALIGNMENT
ALUMINUM
ASSEMBLED
ASSEMBLY
ATTENUATOR
AMERICAN WIRE GAGE
BOARD
BRACKET
BRASS
BRONZE
BUSHING
CABINET
CAPACITOR
CERAMIC
CHASSIS
CIRCUIT
COMPOSITION
CONNECTOR
COVER
COUPLING
CATHODE RAY TUBE
DEGREE
DRAWER
ELCTRN
ELEC
ELCTLT
ELEM
EPL
EQPT
EXT
FIL
FLEX
FLH
FLTR
FR
FSTNR
FT
FXD
GSKT
HDL
HEX
HEX HD
HEX SOC
HLCPS
HLEXT
HV
IC
ID
(DENT
IMPLR
ELECTRON
ELECTRICAL
ELECTROLYTIC
ELEMENT
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
EQUIPMENT
EXTERNAL
FILLISTER HEAD
FLEXIBLE
FLAT HEAD
FILTER
FRAME or FRONT
FASTENER
FOOT
FIXED
GASKET
HANDLE
HEXAGON
HEXAGONAL HEAD
HEXAGONAL SOCKET
HELICAL COMPRESSION
HELICAL EXTENSION
HIGH VOLTAGE
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
INSIDE DIAMETER
IDENTIFICATION
IMPELLER
IN
INCAND
INSUL
INTL
LPHLDR
MACH
MECH
MTG
NIP
NON WIRE
OBD
OD
OVH
PH BRZ
PL
PLSTC
PN
PNH
PWR
RCPT
RES
RGD
RLF
RTNR
SCH
SCOPE
SCR
INCH
INCANDESCENT
INSULATOR
INTERNAL
LAMPHOLDER
MACHINE
MECHANICAL
MOUNTING
NIPPLE
NOT WIRE WOUND
ORDER BY DESCRIPTION
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
OVAL HEAD
PHOSPHOR BRONZE
PLAIN or PLATE
PLASTIC
PART NUMBER
PAN HEAD
POWER
RECEPTACLE
RESISTOR
RIGID
RELIEF
RETAINER
SOCKET HEAD
OSCILLOSCOPE
SCREW
SE
SECT
SEMICOND
SHLD
SHLDR
SKT
SL
SLFLKG
SLVG
SPR
so
SST
STL
SW
T
TERM
THD
THK
TNSN
TPG
TRH
V
VAR
W/
WSHR
XFMR
XSTR
SINGLE END
SECTION
SEMICONDUCTOR
SHIELD
SHOULDERED
SOCKET
SLIDE
SELF-LOCKING
SLEEVING
SPRING
SQUARE
STAINLESS STEEL
STEEL
SWITCH
TUBE
TERMINAL
THREAD
THICK
TENSION
TAPPING
TRUSS HEAD
VOLTAGE
VARIABLE
WITH
WASHER
TRANSFORMER
TRANSISTOR
Replaceable Mechanical Parts-DC 510
CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER
Mfr . Code
OOOBB
00779
05820
22526
49671
71279
71785
73803
78189
80009
83385
93907
Manuf acturer
BERQUIST COMPANY
AMP, INC .
WAKEFIELD ENGINEERING, INC .
BERG ELECTRONICS, INC .
RCA CORPORATION
CAMBRIDGE THERMIONIC CORP .
TRW, CINCH CONNECTORS
TEXAS INSTRUMENTS, INC ., METALLURGICAL
MATERIALS DIV.
ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS, INC .
SHAKEPROOF DIVISION
TEKTRONIX, INC .
CENTRAL SCREW CO .
TEXTRON INC . CAMCAR DIV
Address
City, State, Zip
4350 WEST 78TH
P 0 BOX 3608
AUDUBON ROAD
YOUK EXPRESSWAY
30 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA
445 CONCORD AVE .
1501 MORSE AVENUE
MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55435
HARRISBURG, PA 17105
WAKEFIELD, MA 01880
NEW CUMBERLAND, PA 17070
NEW YORK, NY 10020
CAMBRIDGE, MA 02138
ELK GROVE VILLAGE, IL 60007
34 FOREST STREET
ATTLEBORO, MA 02703
ST . CHARLES ROAD
P 0 BOX 500
2530 CRESCENT DR .
600 18TH AVE -
ELGIN, IL 60120
BEAVERTON, OR 97077
BROADVIEW, IL 60153
ROCKFORD, IL 61101
Replaceable Mechanical Parts-DC 510
Fig . &
Index
No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Dscont
Eff
Qty
-3
-4
337-2807-02
105-0932-00
214-3364-00
334-4224-00
333-2670-00
2
4
4
1
1
-5
-6
213-0868-00
386-3657-01
2
2
-7
426-1801-00
1
-8
211-0541-00
2
-9
-10
-11
214-1061-00
351-0672-00
407-2556-00
1
6
2
-12
-13
211-0007-00
211-0105-00
2
2
-14
-15
-16
-17
----- ----_____ -___-
1
2
l
12
-
213-0848-00
24
-19
_20
214-1291-00
_____ _____
-21
-22
-23
_24
-25
-26
136-0260-02
136-0269-02
136-0514-00
----- ----136-0252-07
----- -----
_27
----- -___-
2
3
2
1
3
2
154
1
1
-28
-29
211-0173-00
210-0551-00
1
1
-30
-31
_32
337-2852-01
337-2851-00
----- -----
-33
175-3448-00
-34
175-3449-00
-35
175-3450-00
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
l
1
1
1-1
_2
337-2850-01
----- ---------
195-1597-00
-36
-37
-38
352-0171-00
366-1851-00
366-1851-01
333-2746-00
213-0875-00
210-1365-00
BO10100 B010239
B010240
2
2
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
SHIELD,ELEC :SIDE,PLUG -IN UNIT
LATCH,PANEL :SIDE
FASTENER,LATCH :ACETAL,SIL GRAY
MARKER,IDENT :GPIB INSTRUCTION
PANEL,REAR :
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,TPG,TF :6 - 32 X 0 .375 L,FILM,STEEL
SUPPORT,PLUG IN :
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
337-2807-02
105-0932-00
214-3364-00
334-4224-00
333-2670-00
93907
93907
OBD
OBD
FR SECT,PLUG-IN :TOP
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0 .25"100 DEG,FLH STL
80009
426-1801-00
83385
OBD
SPRING,GROUND :FLAT
GUIDE,CKT BOARD :PLASTIC
BRACKET,ANGLE :CIRCUIT BOARD,AL
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :4 -40 X 0 .188 INCH,PNH STL
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .188,100 DEG,FLH STL
80009
80009
80009
214-1061-00
351-0672-00
407-2556-00
83385
83385
OBD
OBD
80009
337-2850-01
93907
OBD
HEAT SINK,ELEC :XSTR,0 .72 OD X 0 .375"H
TERM,TEST POINT :(SEE A12TP1020,TP1310,
TP1330 REPL)
SKT,PL-IN ELEK :MICROCIRCUIT,16 DIP,LOW CLE
SKT,PL-IN ELEK :MICROCIRCUIT,14 DIP,LOW CLE
SKT,PL-IN ELEC :MICROCIRCUIT,8 DIP
CONN,RCPT,ELEC :(SEE A12J1130,J1201 REPL)
SOCKET,PIN CONN :W/O DIMPLE
CONN,RCPT,ELEC :(SEE A12J1010,J1102,J1510,
J1520 REPL)
DELAY LINE,ELEC :(SEE A12J1100,J1101 REPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
. SCREW,MACHINE :4 - 40 X 0 .375,FLH,STL
. NUT,PLAIN,HEX . :4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,STL
05820
207-AB
71785
73803
73803
133-51-92-008
cs9002-14
CS9002-8
22526
75060-012
83385
83385
OBD
OBD
. SHIELD,ELEC :CIRCUIT BOARD W/SPRING
. SHIELD,ELEC:CIRCUIT BOARD
. CONN,RCPT,ELEC :(SEE A12J1230,J1400,
J1420 REPL)
CABLE ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,18 .OL,9-2
(FROM J520 TO A12J1201)
CABLE ASSY,RF :50 OHM COAX,15 .OL,9-3
(FROM J530 TO A12J1130)
CABLE ASSY,RF :50 OHM COAX,14 .OL,9-4
(FROM J540 TO A18J1500)
LEAD,ELECTRICAL :26 AWG,3 .5 L,9-1
(FROM J550 TO A1OP1321)
. HLDR,TERM CONN :1 WIRE BLACK
KNOB,LATCH :SIL GY,0 .625 X 0 .25 X 1 .09
KNOB,LATCH :IVORY GY,0 .625 X 0 .25
PANEL,FRONT :
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCR ASSEM WSHR :6-32 X 0 .5,TAPTITE,PNH
WASHER,FLAT :0 .141 ID X 0 .5 THK,AL
80009
80009
337-2852-01
337-2851-00
80009
175-3448-00
80009
175-3449-00
80009
175-3450-00
80009
19 .5-1597-00
80009
80009
80009
80009
352-0171-00
366-1851-00
36b-1851-01
333-2746-00
93907
80009
OBD
210-13b5-00
1 2 3 4 5
Name & Description
CKT BOARD ASSY :ANALOG(SEE A12 REPL)
. CONNECTOR,RCPT :(SEE A12J500,J510 REPL)
. SHIELD,ELEC :CIRCUIT BD W/SPRING
. RELAY,ARMATURE :(SEE A12K150O,K1510,K1511,
.
K1520,K1521,K1530,K1600,K1610,Kl6ll,Kl620,
K1630,K1631 REPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
. SCREW,TPG,TF :0-40 X 0 .25,PLASTITE
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Replaceable Mechanical Parts-13C 510
Fig . &
Index
No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
Qty
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
PLATE,IDENT :
LENS,LED DSPL :RED W/MARKINGS
JACK,TIP :GRAY
SPRING,HLEXT :0 .125 OD X 0 .545 L, X LOOP
BAR,LATCH RLSE :
LATCH,RETAINING :SAFETY
FR SECT,PLUG-IN :BOTTOM W/SPRING
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .188,100 DEG,FLH STL
80009
80009
71279
80009
80009
80009
80009
334-3965-00
378-0159-03
450-4352-01-0318
214-3143-00
105-0865-00
105-0866-00
426-1802-01
63385
OBD
GUIDE,CKT BOARD :PLASTIC
CKT BOARD ASSY :DISPLAY(SEE A10 REPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .125 INCH,PNH STL
80009
351-Ob72-00
83385
OBD
80009
386-4581-00
00779
00779
00779
00779
1-380949-9
4-380949-0
3-380949-2
30380949-8
22526
75060-012
130009
344-0154-03
00779
530153-8
83385
OBD
80009
361-0548-00
83385
OBD
49671
DF 137A
OOOBB
7403-09FR-51
83385
49671
OOOBB
OBD
DF 137A
7403-09FR-51
80009
214-3134-UU
83385
OBD
73803
73803
71785
GS9002-8
CS9UO2-14
133-51-92-008
1 2 3 4 5
Name & Description
1-39
-40
-41
-42
-43
-44
-45
334-3965-00
378-0159-03
136-0387-00
214-3143-00
105-0865-00
105-0866-00
426-1802-01
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
-46
211-0105-00
1
-47
-48
351-0672-00
----- -----
3
1
-49
211-0005-00
4
----- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----386-4581-00
----- ----136-0631-00
136-0499-10
136-0499-02
136-0499-08
----- ----136-0252-07
----- ----344-0154-03
----- ----131-0993-00
----- --------- -----
1
1
3
1
27
1
1
2
2
2
3
1
1
1
4
1
2
1
-
211-0097-00
----- ----361-0548-00
----- -----
2
2
-
-70
----- --------- -----
1
-
-71
211-0097-00
----- ----210-1178-00
----- ----342-0355-00
----- -----
l
2
1
-
-74
----- -----
1
-75
-76
-77
211-0097-00
210-1178-00
342-0355-00
1
1
1
-78
214-3134-00
1
-79
211-0097-00
1
. HT SK,MICROCKT :TO-220,AL
(ATTACHING PARTS)
. SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH STL
-80
-81
-82
136-0514-00
136-(1269-02
136-0260-02
4
5
9
. SKT,PL-IN ELEC :MICROCIRCUIT,8 DIP
. SKT,PL-IN ELEK :MICROCIRCUIT,14 DIP,LOW CLE
. SKT,PL-IN ELEK :MICROCIRCUIT,16 DIP,LOW CLE
-50
-51
-52
-53
-54
-55
-56
-.57
-58
-59
-60
-61
-62
-63
-64
-65
-66
-67
-68
-69
-72
-73
. CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES :
. TERM SET,PIN:(SEE A1OP1001,P1OO2,P1321 REPL)
. SWITCH,PB ASSY :(SEE AlOS1312 REPL)
. ACTR ASSY,PB :(SEE AIOS1212,S1322,S1324 REPL)
. ACTR ASSY,PB :(SEE AlOS1334 REPL)
. ACTR ASSY,PB :(SEE A1OS .1111,S1112,S1113,
.
S1114,51131,Sll32,Sll33,Sll34,Sl21l,S1213,
.
51214,51221,S1222,S1223,Sl224,S1231,Sl232,
.
S1233,51234,Sl3ll,51313,S1314,51321,S1323,
.
S1331,S1332,S1333 REPL)
SUBPANEL,FRONT :
CKT BOARD ASSY :AUXILIARY(SEE A18 REPL)
. SOCKET,PLUG-IN :9 PIN FEMALE
. CONNECTOR,RCPT, :10 CONTACT
. CONNECTOR,RCPT, :2 CONTACT
. CONNECTOR,RCPT, :8 CONTACT
. TERM TEST POINT :(SEE A18TP1400 REPL)
. SOCKET,PIN CONN :W/0 DIMPLE
. CONN,RCPT,ELEC :(SEE A18J1500 REPL)
. CLIP,ELECTRICAL :FUSE,CKT BD MT
. TERM SET,PIN :(SEE A18J1510,J1511,J1611 REPL)
. BUS,CONDUCTOR :2 WIRE BLACK
. OSCILLATOR,RF :(SEE A18Y1530 REPL)
. (OPTION 01 ONLY)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
. SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH STL
. (OPTION 01 ONLY)
. SPACER,RING :0 .125 ID X 0 .25 OD X 0 .110 ID
. (OPTION 01 ONLY)
. MICROCIRCUIT :(SEE A18U1430 REPL)
. (OPTION 01 ONLY)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
. SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH STL
. (OPTION 01 ONLY)
. WSHR,SHOULDERED :FOR MTG TO-220 TRANSISTOR
. (OPTION 01 ONLY)
. INSULATOR,PLATE :TRANSISTOR,SILICONE RUBBER
. (OPTION 01 ONLY)
. TRANSISTOR :(SEE A18Q1332 REPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
. SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH STL
. WSHR,SHOULDERED :FOR MTG TO-220 TRANSISTOR
. INSULATOR,PLATE :TRANSISTOR,SILICONE RUBBER
Replaceable Mechanical Parts-DC 510
Fig . &
Index
No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
Qty
1-83
-84
----- ----129-0425-00
1
2
-85
211-0678-00
2
-86
-87
344-0154-03
----- -----
-88
-89
-90
-91
-92
-93
-94
-95
136-0694-00
136-0621-00
136-0578-00
136-0623-00
136-0269-02
136-0260-02
----- --------- ----198-4522-00
----- ----352-0162-05
4
3
1
t
1
1
6
19
2
1
1
1
1 2 3 4 5
Name & Description
CKT BOARD ASSY :DIGITAL(SEE A16 REPL)
. SPACER,POST :0 .90 L X 0 .25 HEX
(ATTACHING PARTS)
. SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .281 L,PNH STEEL
. CLIP,ELECTRICAL :FUSE,CKT BD MT
. TERM TEST POINT :(SEE A16TP1410,TP1411,
TP1420 REPL)
. SKT,PL-IN ELEK :MICROCIRCUIT,28 CONTACT
. SOCKET,PLUG-IN :22 CONTACT
. SKT,PL-IN ELEK :MICROCKT,24 PIN,LOW PROFILE
. SOCKET,PLUG-IN :40 DIP,LOW PROFILE
. SKT,PL-IN ELEK :MICROCIRCUIT,14 DIP,LOW CLE
. SKT,PL-IN ELEK :MICROCIRCUIT,16 DIP,LOW CLE
. CONNECTOR,RCPT :(SEE A16J1001 REPL)
. CONN,RCPT,ELEC :(SEE A16J1210,J1211 REPL)
. WIRE SET,ELEC :
. (FROM A16 TO A18J1611)
. . CONN BODY,PL,EL :4 WIRE GREEN
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
80009
129-0425-00
78189
OBD
80009
344-0154-03
73803
73803
73803
73803
73803
71785
CS9002-28
CS9002-22
C 59002-24
CS9002-40
CS9002-14
133-51-92-008
80009
198-4522-00
80009
352-0162-05
m
1
m
x
v
r
O
v
m
v
DC 510
Fig . &
Index
No .
Tektronix
Part No .
Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
Qty
1 2 3 4 5
Name & Description
Mfr
Code
Mfr Part Number
80009
80009
80009
070-3552-01
070-3553-00
012-0532-00
80009
010-6125-01
ACCESSORIES
070-3552-01
070-3553-00
012-0532-00
1
1
1
MANUAL,TECH :INSTRUCTION
MANUAL,TECH :REFERENCE GUIDE
CABLE,INTCON :50 OHM COAX,42 .0 L
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
010-6125-01
REV, NOV 1981
1
PROBE,COUNTER :P6125,1 .5 METER
DC 510
MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION
At Tektronix, we continually strive to keep up with latest electronic developments
by adding circuit and component improvements to our instruments as soon as they
are developed and tested .
Sometimes, due to printing and shipping requirements, we can't get these
changes immediately into printed manuals . Hence, your manual may contain new
change information on following pages .
A single change may affect several sections . Since the change information sheets
are carried in the manual until all changes are permanently entered, some
duplication may occur. If no such change pages appear following this page, your
manual is correct as printed .
TektronixCOMMITTED TO EXCELLENCE
Product :
DC 510
UNIVERSAL
MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION
Date:
10-7-81
COUNTER/TIMER--_-__ -_
Change Reference:
Manual Part No . :
DESCRIPTION
All references to the SA 501 in
this manual now apply to the
067-1090-00 Signature Analyzer.
C2/1081
070-3552-01
Tektronk
MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION
10-20-81
Date :
DC 510 UNIVERSAL COUNTER/TIMER
Change Reference :
COMWTTEOTOEXCEUENCE
Product :
Manual Part No . :
C3/1081
070-3552-0T
DESCRIPTION
Pilot Changes #13 and #14
REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CHANGE
CHANGE TO :
(EFFECTIVE SN B010470 - Pilot Change #13)
A18C1331
281-0773-00
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OIUF,l0%,100V
(located on the AUXILIARY board and shown on diagram 8)
DIAGRAM <,
PROCESSOR AND DISPLAY DRIVERS - Partial
(EFFECTIVE SN B020000 - Pilot Change #14)
Use a 74LSOO inverter in the clock (V2) instead of a CMOS 4049
C LOC K
TP1411
-0
U 1 510
C ICo01
26
+
Jsv
10
UI42IE)
74L500
Page
02
--W
8
a
1
of
1
U I (o 10-20
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.4 Linearized : No Create Date : 2003:09:11 18:30:15Z Modify Date : 2004:01:07 14:17:27+01:00 Page Count : 176 Has XFA : No Creation Date : 2003:09:11 18:30:15Z Producer : OmniPage 11 http://www.scansoft.com Author : http://www.aa4df.com Mod Date : 2004:01:07 14:17:27+01:00 Metadata Date : 2004:01:07 14:17:27+01:00 Creator : http://www.aa4df.comEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools